aws-sdk-go: github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert Index | Files | Directories

package mediaconvert

import "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/service/mediaconvert"

Package mediaconvert provides the client and types for making API requests to AWS Elemental MediaConvert.

AWS Elemental MediaConvert

See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/mediaconvert-2017-08-29 for more information on this service.

See mediaconvert package documentation for more information. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/mediaconvert/

Using the Client

To contact AWS Elemental MediaConvert with the SDK use the New function to create a new service client. With that client you can make API requests to the service. These clients are safe to use concurrently.

See the SDK's documentation for more information on how to use the SDK. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/

See aws.Config documentation for more information on configuring SDK clients. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/aws/#Config

See the AWS Elemental MediaConvert client MediaConvert for more information on creating client for this service. https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdk-for-go/api/service/mediaconvert/#New

Index

Package Files

api.go doc.go errors.go service.go

Constants

const (
    // AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcasterMixedAd is a AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix enum value
    AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcasterMixedAd = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD"

    // AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal is a AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix enum value
    AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal = "NORMAL"
)

Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio + audio description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be set to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD, the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and FollowInputAudioType. Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed audio + audio description (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values you provide for AudioType and FollowInputAudioType.

const (
    // AacCodecProfileLc is a AacCodecProfile enum value
    AacCodecProfileLc = "LC"

    // AacCodecProfileHev1 is a AacCodecProfile enum value
    AacCodecProfileHev1 = "HEV1"

    // AacCodecProfileHev2 is a AacCodecProfile enum value
    AacCodecProfileHev2 = "HEV2"
)

AAC Profile.

const (
    // AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix is a AacCodingMode enum value
    AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX"

    // AacCodingModeCodingMode10 is a AacCodingMode enum value
    AacCodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0"

    // AacCodingModeCodingMode11 is a AacCodingMode enum value
    AacCodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1"

    // AacCodingModeCodingMode20 is a AacCodingMode enum value
    AacCodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0"

    // AacCodingModeCodingMode51 is a AacCodingMode enum value
    AacCodingModeCodingMode51 = "CODING_MODE_5_1"
)

Mono (Audio Description), Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile. "1.0 - Audio Description (Receiver Mix)" setting receives a stereo description plus control track and emits a mono AAC encode of the description track, with control data emitted in the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E.

const (
    // AacRateControlModeCbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value
    AacRateControlModeCbr = "CBR"

    // AacRateControlModeVbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value
    AacRateControlModeVbr = "VBR"
)

Rate Control Mode.

const (
    // AacRawFormatLatmLoas is a AacRawFormat enum value
    AacRawFormatLatmLoas = "LATM_LOAS"

    // AacRawFormatNone is a AacRawFormat enum value
    AacRawFormatNone = "NONE"
)

Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output, you must choose "No container" for the output container.

const (
    // AacSpecificationMpeg2 is a AacSpecification enum value
    AacSpecificationMpeg2 = "MPEG2"

    // AacSpecificationMpeg4 is a AacSpecification enum value
    AacSpecificationMpeg4 = "MPEG4"
)

Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream containers.

const (
    // AacVbrQualityLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value
    AacVbrQualityLow = "LOW"

    // AacVbrQualityMediumLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value
    AacVbrQualityMediumLow = "MEDIUM_LOW"

    // AacVbrQualityMediumHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value
    AacVbrQualityMediumHigh = "MEDIUM_HIGH"

    // AacVbrQualityHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value
    AacVbrQualityHigh = "HIGH"
)

VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR.

const (
    // Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
    Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN"

    // Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
    Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY"

    // Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
    Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue = "DIALOGUE"

    // Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
    Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY"

    // Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
    Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"

    // Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
    Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS"

    // Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
    Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"

    // Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value
    Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver = "VOICE_OVER"
)

Specify the bitstream mode for the AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For more information about the AC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E).

const (
    // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value
    Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0"

    // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value
    Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1"

    // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value
    Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0"

    // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe is a Ac3CodingMode enum value
    Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE"
)

Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels.

const (
    // Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilmStandard is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile enum value
    Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

    // Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone is a Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile enum value
    Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone = "NONE"
)

If set to FILM_STANDARD, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the output bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification.

const (
    // Ac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value
    Ac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // Ac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value
    Ac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode.

const (
    // Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value
    Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT"

    // Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value
    Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.

const (
    // AccelerationModeDisabled is a AccelerationMode enum value
    AccelerationModeDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // AccelerationModeEnabled is a AccelerationMode enum value
    AccelerationModeEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Enable Acceleration (AccelerationMode) on any job that you want processed with accelerated transcoding.

const (
    // AfdSignalingNone is a AfdSignaling enum value
    AfdSignalingNone = "NONE"

    // AfdSignalingAuto is a AfdSignaling enum value
    AfdSignalingAuto = "AUTO"

    // AfdSignalingFixed is a AfdSignaling enum value
    AfdSignalingFixed = "FIXED"
)

This setting only applies to H.264, H.265, and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert AFD signaling (AfdSignaling) to specify whether the service includes AFD values in the output video data and what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD values from this output. * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead encode the value specified in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD values based on the input AFD scaler data.

const (
    // AncillaryConvert608To708Upconvert is a AncillaryConvert608To708 enum value
    AncillaryConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT"

    // AncillaryConvert608To708Disabled is a AncillaryConvert608To708 enum value
    AncillaryConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED"
)

Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708.

const (
    // AncillaryTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput is a AncillaryTerminateCaptions enum value
    AncillaryTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput = "END_OF_INPUT"

    // AncillaryTerminateCaptionsDisabled is a AncillaryTerminateCaptions enum value
    AncillaryTerminateCaptionsDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of each input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable this setting.

const (
    // AntiAliasDisabled is a AntiAlias enum value
    AntiAliasDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // AntiAliasEnabled is a AntiAlias enum value
    AntiAliasEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

The anti-alias filter is automatically applied to all outputs. The service no longer accepts the value DISABLED for AntiAlias. If you specify that in your job, the service will ignore the setting.

const (
    // AudioCodecAac is a AudioCodec enum value
    AudioCodecAac = "AAC"

    // AudioCodecMp2 is a AudioCodec enum value
    AudioCodecMp2 = "MP2"

    // AudioCodecWav is a AudioCodec enum value
    AudioCodecWav = "WAV"

    // AudioCodecAiff is a AudioCodec enum value
    AudioCodecAiff = "AIFF"

    // AudioCodecAc3 is a AudioCodec enum value
    AudioCodecAc3 = "AC3"

    // AudioCodecEac3 is a AudioCodec enum value
    AudioCodecEac3 = "EAC3"

    // AudioCodecEac3Atmos is a AudioCodec enum value
    AudioCodecEac3Atmos = "EAC3_ATMOS"

    // AudioCodecPassthrough is a AudioCodec enum value
    AudioCodecPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Type of Audio codec.

const (
    // AudioDefaultSelectionDefault is a AudioDefaultSelection enum value
    AudioDefaultSelectionDefault = "DEFAULT"

    // AudioDefaultSelectionNotDefault is a AudioDefaultSelection enum value
    AudioDefaultSelectionNotDefault = "NOT_DEFAULT"
)

Enable this setting on one audio selector to set it as the default for the job. The service uses this default for outputs where it can't find the specified input audio. If you don't set a default, those outputs have no audio.

const (
    // AudioLanguageCodeControlFollowInput is a AudioLanguageCodeControl enum value
    AudioLanguageCodeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT"

    // AudioLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured is a AudioLanguageCodeControl enum value
    AudioLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Choosing FOLLOW_INPUT will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output to follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The language specified for languageCode' will be used when USE_CONFIGURED is selected or when FOLLOW_INPUT is selected but there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input.

const (
    // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17701 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value
    AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17701 = "ITU_BS_1770_1"

    // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17702 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value
    AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17702 = "ITU_BS_1770_2"

    // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17703 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value
    AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17703 = "ITU_BS_1770_3"

    // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17704 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value
    AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17704 = "ITU_BS_1770_4"
)

Choose one of the following audio normalization algorithms: ITU-R BS.1770-1: Ungated loudness. A measurement of ungated average loudness for an entire piece of content, suitable for measurement of short-form content under ATSC recommendation A/85. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-2: Gated loudness. A measurement of gated average loudness compliant with the requirements of EBU-R128. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-3: Modified peak. The same loudness measurement algorithm as 1770-2, with an updated true peak measurement. ITU-R BS.1770-4: Higher channel count. Allows for more audio channels than the other algorithms, including configurations such as 7.1.

const (
    // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum value
    AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio = "CORRECT_AUDIO"

    // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasureOnly is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum value
    AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasureOnly = "MEASURE_ONLY"
)

When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted.

const (
    // AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog is a AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging enum value
    AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog = "LOG"

    // AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDontLog is a AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging enum value
    AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDontLog = "DONT_LOG"
)

If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file.

const (
    // AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTruePeak is a AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation enum value
    AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTruePeak = "TRUE_PEAK"

    // AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone is a AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation enum value
    AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone = "NONE"
)

If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio track loudness.

const (
    // AudioSelectorTypePid is a AudioSelectorType enum value
    AudioSelectorTypePid = "PID"

    // AudioSelectorTypeTrack is a AudioSelectorType enum value
    AudioSelectorTypeTrack = "TRACK"

    // AudioSelectorTypeLanguageCode is a AudioSelectorType enum value
    AudioSelectorTypeLanguageCode = "LANGUAGE_CODE"
)

Specifies the type of the audio selector.

const (
    // AudioTypeControlFollowInput is a AudioTypeControl enum value
    AudioTypeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT"

    // AudioTypeControlUseConfigured is a AudioTypeControl enum value
    AudioTypeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then that value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO 639 audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD.

const (
    // BillingTagsSourceQueue is a BillingTagsSource enum value
    BillingTagsSourceQueue = "QUEUE"

    // BillingTagsSourcePreset is a BillingTagsSource enum value
    BillingTagsSourcePreset = "PRESET"

    // BillingTagsSourceJobTemplate is a BillingTagsSource enum value
    BillingTagsSourceJobTemplate = "JOB_TEMPLATE"
)

Optional. Choose a tag type that AWS Billing and Cost Management will use to sort your AWS Elemental MediaConvert costs on any billing report that you set up. Any transcoding outputs that don't have an associated tag will appear in your billing report unsorted. If you don't choose a valid value for this field, your job outputs will appear on the billing report unsorted.

const (
    // BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered is a BurninSubtitleAlignment enum value
    BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED"

    // BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft is a BurninSubtitleAlignment enum value
    BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft = "LEFT"
)

If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.

const (
    // BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone is a BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone = "NONE"

    // BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK"

    // BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE"
)

Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.

const (
    // BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite = "WHITE"

    // BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack = "BLACK"

    // BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow = "YELLOW"

    // BurninSubtitleFontColorRed is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleFontColorRed = "RED"

    // BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen = "GREEN"

    // BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue is a BurninSubtitleFontColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue = "BLUE"
)

Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.

const (
    // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK"

    // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE"

    // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW"

    // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed = "RED"

    // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN"

    // BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue is a BurninSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE"
)

Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.

const (
    // BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone is a BurninSubtitleShadowColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone = "NONE"

    // BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack is a BurninSubtitleShadowColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack = "BLACK"

    // BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite is a BurninSubtitleShadowColor enum value
    BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite = "WHITE"
)

Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.

const (
    // BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid is a BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value
    BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid = "FIXED_GRID"

    // BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional is a BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value
    BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional = "PROPORTIONAL"
)

Only applies to jobs with input captions in Teletext or STL formats. Specify whether the spacing between letters in your captions is set by the captions grid or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional to make the text easier to read if the captions are closed caption.

const (
    // CaptionDestinationTypeBurnIn is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
    CaptionDestinationTypeBurnIn = "BURN_IN"

    // CaptionDestinationTypeDvbSub is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
    CaptionDestinationTypeDvbSub = "DVB_SUB"

    // CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
    CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded = "EMBEDDED"

    // CaptionDestinationTypeEmbeddedPlusScte20 is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
    CaptionDestinationTypeEmbeddedPlusScte20 = "EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20"

    // CaptionDestinationTypeImsc is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
    CaptionDestinationTypeImsc = "IMSC"

    // CaptionDestinationTypeScte20PlusEmbedded is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
    CaptionDestinationTypeScte20PlusEmbedded = "SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED"

    // CaptionDestinationTypeScc is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
    CaptionDestinationTypeScc = "SCC"

    // CaptionDestinationTypeSrt is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
    CaptionDestinationTypeSrt = "SRT"

    // CaptionDestinationTypeSmi is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
    CaptionDestinationTypeSmi = "SMI"

    // CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
    CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext = "TELETEXT"

    // CaptionDestinationTypeTtml is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
    CaptionDestinationTypeTtml = "TTML"

    // CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt is a CaptionDestinationType enum value
    CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt = "WEBVTT"
)

Specify the format for this set of captions on this output. The default format is embedded without SCTE-20. Other options are embedded with SCTE-20, burn-in, DVB-sub, IMSC, SCC, SRT, teletext, TTML, and web-VTT. If you are using SCTE-20, choose SCTE-20 plus embedded (SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED) to create an output that complies with the SCTE-43 spec. To create a non-compliant output where the embedded captions come first, choose Embedded plus SCTE-20 (EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20).

const (
    // CaptionSourceTypeAncillary is a CaptionSourceType enum value
    CaptionSourceTypeAncillary = "ANCILLARY"

    // CaptionSourceTypeDvbSub is a CaptionSourceType enum value
    CaptionSourceTypeDvbSub = "DVB_SUB"

    // CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded is a CaptionSourceType enum value
    CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded = "EMBEDDED"

    // CaptionSourceTypeScte20 is a CaptionSourceType enum value
    CaptionSourceTypeScte20 = "SCTE20"

    // CaptionSourceTypeScc is a CaptionSourceType enum value
    CaptionSourceTypeScc = "SCC"

    // CaptionSourceTypeTtml is a CaptionSourceType enum value
    CaptionSourceTypeTtml = "TTML"

    // CaptionSourceTypeStl is a CaptionSourceType enum value
    CaptionSourceTypeStl = "STL"

    // CaptionSourceTypeSrt is a CaptionSourceType enum value
    CaptionSourceTypeSrt = "SRT"

    // CaptionSourceTypeSmi is a CaptionSourceType enum value
    CaptionSourceTypeSmi = "SMI"

    // CaptionSourceTypeTeletext is a CaptionSourceType enum value
    CaptionSourceTypeTeletext = "TELETEXT"

    // CaptionSourceTypeNullSource is a CaptionSourceType enum value
    CaptionSourceTypeNullSource = "NULL_SOURCE"

    // CaptionSourceTypeImsc is a CaptionSourceType enum value
    CaptionSourceTypeImsc = "IMSC"
)

Use Source (SourceType) to identify the format of your input captions. The service cannot auto-detect caption format.

const (
    // CmafClientCacheDisabled is a CmafClientCache enum value
    CmafClientCacheDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // CmafClientCacheEnabled is a CmafClientCache enum value
    CmafClientCacheEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client from saving media segments for later replay.

const (
    // CmafCodecSpecificationRfc6381 is a CmafCodecSpecification enum value
    CmafCodecSpecificationRfc6381 = "RFC_6381"

    // CmafCodecSpecificationRfc4281 is a CmafCodecSpecification enum value
    CmafCodecSpecificationRfc4281 = "RFC_4281"
)

Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist generation.

const (
    // CmafEncryptionTypeSampleAes is a CmafEncryptionType enum value
    CmafEncryptionTypeSampleAes = "SAMPLE_AES"

    // CmafEncryptionTypeAesCtr is a CmafEncryptionType enum value
    CmafEncryptionTypeAesCtr = "AES_CTR"
)

Specify the encryption scheme that you want the service to use when encrypting your CMAF segments. Choose AES-CBC subsample (SAMPLE-AES) or AES_CTR (AES-CTR).

const (
    // CmafInitializationVectorInManifestInclude is a CmafInitializationVectorInManifest enum value
    CmafInitializationVectorInManifestInclude = "INCLUDE"

    // CmafInitializationVectorInManifestExclude is a CmafInitializationVectorInManifest enum value
    CmafInitializationVectorInManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

When you use DRM with CMAF outputs, choose whether the service writes the 128-bit encryption initialization vector in the HLS and DASH manifests.

const (
    // CmafKeyProviderTypeSpeke is a CmafKeyProviderType enum value
    CmafKeyProviderTypeSpeke = "SPEKE"

    // CmafKeyProviderTypeStaticKey is a CmafKeyProviderType enum value
    CmafKeyProviderTypeStaticKey = "STATIC_KEY"
)

Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider that follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.

const (
    // CmafManifestCompressionGzip is a CmafManifestCompression enum value
    CmafManifestCompressionGzip = "GZIP"

    // CmafManifestCompressionNone is a CmafManifestCompression enum value
    CmafManifestCompressionNone = "NONE"
)

When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.

const (
    // CmafManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint is a CmafManifestDurationFormat enum value
    CmafManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint = "FLOATING_POINT"

    // CmafManifestDurationFormatInteger is a CmafManifestDurationFormat enum value
    CmafManifestDurationFormatInteger = "INTEGER"
)

Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for segment duration.

const (
    // CmafSegmentControlSingleFile is a CmafSegmentControl enum value
    CmafSegmentControlSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE"

    // CmafSegmentControlSegmentedFiles is a CmafSegmentControl enum value
    CmafSegmentControlSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES, separate segment files will be created.

const (
    // CmafStreamInfResolutionInclude is a CmafStreamInfResolution enum value
    CmafStreamInfResolutionInclude = "INCLUDE"

    // CmafStreamInfResolutionExclude is a CmafStreamInfResolution enum value
    CmafStreamInfResolutionExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of variant manifest.

const (
    // CmafWriteDASHManifestDisabled is a CmafWriteDASHManifest enum value
    CmafWriteDASHManifestDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // CmafWriteDASHManifestEnabled is a CmafWriteDASHManifest enum value
    CmafWriteDASHManifestEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

When set to ENABLED, a DASH MPD manifest will be generated for this output.

const (
    // CmafWriteHLSManifestDisabled is a CmafWriteHLSManifest enum value
    CmafWriteHLSManifestDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // CmafWriteHLSManifestEnabled is a CmafWriteHLSManifest enum value
    CmafWriteHLSManifestEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

When set to ENABLED, an Apple HLS manifest will be generated for this output.

const (
    // ColorMetadataIgnore is a ColorMetadata enum value
    ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE"

    // ColorMetadataInsert is a ColorMetadata enum value
    ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT"
)

Choose Insert (INSERT) for this setting to include color metadata in this output. Choose Ignore (IGNORE) to exclude color metadata from this output. If you don't specify a value, the service sets this to Insert by default.

const (
    // ColorSpaceFollow is a ColorSpace enum value
    ColorSpaceFollow = "FOLLOW"

    // ColorSpaceRec601 is a ColorSpace enum value
    ColorSpaceRec601 = "REC_601"

    // ColorSpaceRec709 is a ColorSpace enum value
    ColorSpaceRec709 = "REC_709"

    // ColorSpaceHdr10 is a ColorSpace enum value
    ColorSpaceHdr10 = "HDR10"

    // ColorSpaceHlg2020 is a ColorSpace enum value
    ColorSpaceHlg2020 = "HLG_2020"
)

If your input video has accurate color space metadata, or if you don't know about color space, leave this set to the default value Follow (FOLLOW). The service will automatically detect your input color space. If your input video has metadata indicating the wrong color space, specify the accurate color space here. If your input video is HDR 10 and the SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering Display Color Volume static metadata isn't present in your video stream, or if that metadata is present but not accurate, choose Force HDR 10 (FORCE_HDR10) here and specify correct values in the input HDR 10 metadata (Hdr10Metadata) settings. For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.

const (
    // ColorSpaceConversionNone is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value
    ColorSpaceConversionNone = "NONE"

    // ColorSpaceConversionForce601 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value
    ColorSpaceConversionForce601 = "FORCE_601"

    // ColorSpaceConversionForce709 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value
    ColorSpaceConversionForce709 = "FORCE_709"

    // ColorSpaceConversionForceHdr10 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value
    ColorSpaceConversionForceHdr10 = "FORCE_HDR10"

    // ColorSpaceConversionForceHlg2020 is a ColorSpaceConversion enum value
    ColorSpaceConversionForceHlg2020 = "FORCE_HLG_2020"
)

Specify the color space you want for this output. The service supports conversion between HDR formats, between SDR formats, and from SDR to HDR. The service doesn't support conversion from HDR to SDR. SDR to HDR conversion doesn't upgrade the dynamic range. The converted video has an HDR format, but visually appears the same as an unconverted output.

const (
    // ColorSpaceUsageForce is a ColorSpaceUsage enum value
    ColorSpaceUsageForce = "FORCE"

    // ColorSpaceUsageFallback is a ColorSpaceUsage enum value
    ColorSpaceUsageFallback = "FALLBACK"
)

There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job input settings Color space (ColorSpace) and HDR master display information settings(Hdr10Metadata). The Color space usage setting determines which takes precedence. Choose Force (FORCE) to use color metadata from the input job settings. If you don't specify values for those settings, the service defaults to using metadata from your input. FALLBACK - Choose Fallback (FALLBACK) to use color metadata from the source when it is present. If there's no color metadata in your input file, the service defaults to using values you specify in the input settings.

const (
    // ContainerTypeF4v is a ContainerType enum value
    ContainerTypeF4v = "F4V"

    // ContainerTypeIsmv is a ContainerType enum value
    ContainerTypeIsmv = "ISMV"

    // ContainerTypeM2ts is a ContainerType enum value
    ContainerTypeM2ts = "M2TS"

    // ContainerTypeM3u8 is a ContainerType enum value
    ContainerTypeM3u8 = "M3U8"

    // ContainerTypeCmfc is a ContainerType enum value
    ContainerTypeCmfc = "CMFC"

    // ContainerTypeMov is a ContainerType enum value
    ContainerTypeMov = "MOV"

    // ContainerTypeMp4 is a ContainerType enum value
    ContainerTypeMp4 = "MP4"

    // ContainerTypeMpd is a ContainerType enum value
    ContainerTypeMpd = "MPD"

    // ContainerTypeMxf is a ContainerType enum value
    ContainerTypeMxf = "MXF"

    // ContainerTypeRaw is a ContainerType enum value
    ContainerTypeRaw = "RAW"
)

Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object. If not specified, the default object will be created.

const (
    // DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv15 is a DashIsoHbbtvCompliance enum value
    DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv15 = "HBBTV_1_5"

    // DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone is a DashIsoHbbtvCompliance enum value
    DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone = "NONE"
)

Supports HbbTV specification as indicated

const (
    // DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityCencV1 is a DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility enum value
    DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityCencV1 = "CENC_V1"

    // DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityUnencryptedSei is a DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility enum value
    DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityUnencryptedSei = "UNENCRYPTED_SEI"
)

This setting can improve the compatibility of your output with video players on obsolete devices. It applies only to DASH H.264 outputs with DRM encryption. Choose Unencrypted SEI (UNENCRYPTED_SEI) only to correct problems with playback on older devices. Otherwise, keep the default setting CENC v1 (CENC_V1). If you choose Unencrypted SEI, for that output, the service will exclude the access unit delimiter and will leave the SEI NAL units unencrypted.

const (
    // DashIsoSegmentControlSingleFile is a DashIsoSegmentControl enum value
    DashIsoSegmentControlSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE"

    // DashIsoSegmentControlSegmentedFiles is a DashIsoSegmentControl enum value
    DashIsoSegmentControlSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES, separate segment files will be created.

const (
    // DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled is a DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation enum value
    DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled is a DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation enum value
    DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

When you enable Precise segment duration in manifests (writeSegmentTimelineInRepresentation), your DASH manifest shows precise segment durations. The segment duration information appears inside the SegmentTimeline element, inside SegmentTemplate at the Representation level. When this feature isn't enabled, the segment durations in your DASH manifest are approximate. The segment duration information appears in the duration attribute of the SegmentTemplate element.

const (
    // DecryptionModeAesCtr is a DecryptionMode enum value
    DecryptionModeAesCtr = "AES_CTR"

    // DecryptionModeAesCbc is a DecryptionMode enum value
    DecryptionModeAesCbc = "AES_CBC"

    // DecryptionModeAesGcm is a DecryptionMode enum value
    DecryptionModeAesGcm = "AES_GCM"
)

Specify the encryption mode that you used to encrypt your input files.

const (
    // DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value
    DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"

    // DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolateTicker is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value
    DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolateTicker = "INTERPOLATE_TICKER"

    // DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value
    DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend = "BLEND"

    // DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlendTicker is a DeinterlaceAlgorithm enum value
    DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlendTicker = "BLEND_TICKER"
)

Only applies when you set Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to Deinterlace (DEINTERLACE) or Adaptive (ADAPTIVE). Motion adaptive interpolate (INTERPOLATE) produces sharper pictures, while blend (BLEND) produces smoother motion. Use (INTERPOLATE_TICKER) OR (BLEND_TICKER) if your source file includes a ticker, such as a scrolling headline at the bottom of the frame.

const (
    // DeinterlacerControlForceAllFrames is a DeinterlacerControl enum value
    DeinterlacerControlForceAllFrames = "FORCE_ALL_FRAMES"

    // DeinterlacerControlNormal is a DeinterlacerControl enum value
    DeinterlacerControlNormal = "NORMAL"
)

- When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames that are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that are tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged as progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the metadata has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive. Do not turn on otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive into progressive will probably result in lower quality video.

const (
    // DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace is a DeinterlacerMode enum value
    DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace = "DEINTERLACE"

    // DeinterlacerModeInverseTelecine is a DeinterlacerMode enum value
    DeinterlacerModeInverseTelecine = "INVERSE_TELECINE"

    // DeinterlacerModeAdaptive is a DeinterlacerMode enum value
    DeinterlacerModeAdaptive = "ADAPTIVE"
)

Use Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to choose how the service will do deinterlacing. Default is Deinterlace. - Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive. - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p. - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive.

const (
    // DescribeEndpointsModeDefault is a DescribeEndpointsMode enum value
    DescribeEndpointsModeDefault = "DEFAULT"

    // DescribeEndpointsModeGetOnly is a DescribeEndpointsMode enum value
    DescribeEndpointsModeGetOnly = "GET_ONLY"
)

Optional field, defaults to DEFAULT. Specify DEFAULT for this operation to return your endpoints if any exist, or to create an endpoint for you and return it if one doesn't already exist. Specify GET_ONLY to return your endpoints if any exist, or an empty list if none exist.

const (
    // DropFrameTimecodeDisabled is a DropFrameTimecode enum value
    DropFrameTimecodeDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // DropFrameTimecodeEnabled is a DropFrameTimecode enum value
    DropFrameTimecodeEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled by default when Timecode insertion (TimecodeInsertion) is enabled.

const (
    // DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered is a DvbSubtitleAlignment enum value
    DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED"

    // DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft is a DvbSubtitleAlignment enum value
    DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft = "LEFT"
)

If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.

const (
    // DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone is a DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone = "NONE"

    // DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK"

    // DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE"
)

Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.

const (
    // DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite = "WHITE"

    // DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack = "BLACK"

    // DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow = "YELLOW"

    // DvbSubtitleFontColorRed is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleFontColorRed = "RED"

    // DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen = "GREEN"

    // DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue is a DvbSubtitleFontColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue = "BLUE"
)

Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.

const (
    // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK"

    // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE"

    // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW"

    // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed = "RED"

    // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN"

    // DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue is a DvbSubtitleOutlineColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE"
)

Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.

const (
    // DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone is a DvbSubtitleShadowColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone = "NONE"

    // DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack is a DvbSubtitleShadowColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack = "BLACK"

    // DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite is a DvbSubtitleShadowColor enum value
    DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite = "WHITE"
)

Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.

const (
    // DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid is a DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value
    DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid = "FIXED_GRID"

    // DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional is a DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing enum value
    DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional = "PROPORTIONAL"
)

Only applies to jobs with input captions in Teletext or STL formats. Specify whether the spacing between letters in your captions is set by the captions grid or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional to make the text easier to read if the captions are closed caption.

const (
    // Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceEnabled is a Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence enum value
    Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceDisabled is a Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence enum value
    Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

Enable Dolby Dialogue Intelligence to adjust loudness based on dialogue analysis.

const (
    // Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineNone is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineNone = "NONE"

    // Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

    // Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT"

    // Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD"

    // Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT"

    // Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech = "SPEECH"
)

Specify the absolute peak level for a signal with dynamic range compression.

const (
    // Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfNone is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfNone = "NONE"

    // Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

    // Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT"

    // Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD"

    // Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT"

    // Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech is a Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech = "SPEECH"
)

Specify how the service limits the audio dynamic range when compressing the audio.

const (
    // Eac3AtmosMeteringModeLeqA is a Eac3AtmosMeteringMode enum value
    Eac3AtmosMeteringModeLeqA = "LEQ_A"

    // Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17701 is a Eac3AtmosMeteringMode enum value
    Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17701 = "ITU_BS_1770_1"

    // Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17702 is a Eac3AtmosMeteringMode enum value
    Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17702 = "ITU_BS_1770_2"

    // Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17703 is a Eac3AtmosMeteringMode enum value
    Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17703 = "ITU_BS_1770_3"

    // Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17704 is a Eac3AtmosMeteringMode enum value
    Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17704 = "ITU_BS_1770_4"
)

Choose how the service meters the loudness of your audio.

const (
    // Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixNotIndicated is a Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix enum value
    Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED"

    // Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixStereo is a Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix enum value
    Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixStereo = "STEREO"

    // Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixSurround is a Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix enum value
    Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixSurround = "SURROUND"

    // Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixDpl2 is a Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix enum value
    Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixDpl2 = "DPL2"
)

Choose how the service does stereo downmixing.

const (
    // Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeNotIndicated is a Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode enum value
    Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED"

    // Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeEnabled is a Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode enum value
    Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeDisabled is a Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode enum value
    Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

Specify whether your input audio has an additional center rear surround channel matrix encoded into your left and right surround channels.

const (
    // Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value
    Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db = "ATTENUATE_3_DB"

    // Eac3AttenuationControlNone is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value
    Eac3AttenuationControlNone = "NONE"
)

If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.

const (
    // Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
    Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN"

    // Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
    Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY"

    // Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
    Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY"

    // Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
    Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"

    // Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value
    Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"
)

Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E).

const (
    // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value
    Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0"

    // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value
    Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0"

    // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value
    Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 = "CODING_MODE_3_2"
)

Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels.

const (
    // Eac3DcFilterEnabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value
    Eac3DcFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // Eac3DcFilterDisabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value
    Eac3DcFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels.

const (
    // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone = "NONE"

    // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

    // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT"

    // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD"

    // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT"

    // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine enum value
    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech = "SPEECH"
)

Specify the absolute peak level for a signal with dynamic range compression.

const (
    // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone = "NONE"

    // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD"

    // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT"

    // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD"

    // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT"

    // Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech is a Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf enum value
    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech = "SPEECH"
)

Specify how the service limits the audio dynamic range when compressing the audio.

const (
    // Eac3LfeControlLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value
    Eac3LfeControlLfe = "LFE"

    // Eac3LfeControlNoLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value
    Eac3LfeControlNoLfe = "NO_LFE"
)

When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled

const (
    // Eac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value
    Eac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // Eac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value
    Eac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode.

const (
    // Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value
    Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT"

    // Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value
    Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.

const (
    // Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value
    Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible = "WHEN_POSSIBLE"

    // Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value
    Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
)

When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode. Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding.

const (
    // Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value
    Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES"

    // Eac3PhaseControlNoShift is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value
    Eac3PhaseControlNoShift = "NO_SHIFT"
)

Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode.

const (
    // Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value
    Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED"

    // Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value
    Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo = "LO_RO"

    // Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value
    Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt = "LT_RT"

    // Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value
    Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 = "DPL2"
)

Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. This setting only applies if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix).

const (
    // Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value
    Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED"

    // Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value
    Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value
    Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels.

const (
    // Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value
    Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED"

    // Eac3SurroundModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value
    Eac3SurroundModeEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // Eac3SurroundModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value
    Eac3SurroundModeDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into the two channels.

const (
    // EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value
    EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT"

    // EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value
    EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED"
)

Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708.

const (
    // EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput is a EmbeddedTerminateCaptions enum value
    EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput = "END_OF_INPUT"

    // EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsDisabled is a EmbeddedTerminateCaptions enum value
    EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of each input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable this setting.

const (
    // F4vMoovPlacementProgressiveDownload is a F4vMoovPlacement enum value
    F4vMoovPlacementProgressiveDownload = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD"

    // F4vMoovPlacementNormal is a F4vMoovPlacement enum value
    F4vMoovPlacementNormal = "NORMAL"
)

If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed normally at the end.

const (
    // FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert is a FileSourceConvert608To708 enum value
    FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT"

    // FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled is a FileSourceConvert608To708 enum value
    FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED"
)

Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708.

const (
    // FontScriptAutomatic is a FontScript enum value
    FontScriptAutomatic = "AUTOMATIC"

    // FontScriptHans is a FontScript enum value
    FontScriptHans = "HANS"

    // FontScriptHant is a FontScript enum value
    FontScriptHant = "HANT"
)

Provide the font script, using an ISO 15924 script code, if the LanguageCode is not sufficient for determining the script type. Where LanguageCode or CustomLanguageCode is sufficient, use "AUTOMATIC" or leave unset.

const (
    // H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF"

    // H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW"

    // H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM"

    // H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH"

    // H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER"

    // H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX"
)

Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual quality.

const (
    // H264CodecLevelAuto is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelAuto = "AUTO"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel1 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel1 = "LEVEL_1"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel11 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel11 = "LEVEL_1_1"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel12 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel12 = "LEVEL_1_2"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel13 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel13 = "LEVEL_1_3"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel2 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel2 = "LEVEL_2"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel21 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel21 = "LEVEL_2_1"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel22 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel22 = "LEVEL_2_2"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel3 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel3 = "LEVEL_3"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel31 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel31 = "LEVEL_3_1"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel32 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel32 = "LEVEL_3_2"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel4 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel4 = "LEVEL_4"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel41 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel41 = "LEVEL_4_1"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel42 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel42 = "LEVEL_4_2"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel5 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel5 = "LEVEL_5"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel51 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel51 = "LEVEL_5_1"

    // H264CodecLevelLevel52 is a H264CodecLevel enum value
    H264CodecLevelLevel52 = "LEVEL_5_2"
)

Specify an H.264 level that is consistent with your output video settings. If you aren't sure what level to specify, choose Auto (AUTO).

const (
    // H264CodecProfileBaseline is a H264CodecProfile enum value
    H264CodecProfileBaseline = "BASELINE"

    // H264CodecProfileHigh is a H264CodecProfile enum value
    H264CodecProfileHigh = "HIGH"

    // H264CodecProfileHigh10bit is a H264CodecProfile enum value
    H264CodecProfileHigh10bit = "HIGH_10BIT"

    // H264CodecProfileHigh422 is a H264CodecProfile enum value
    H264CodecProfileHigh422 = "HIGH_422"

    // H264CodecProfileHigh42210bit is a H264CodecProfile enum value
    H264CodecProfileHigh42210bit = "HIGH_422_10BIT"

    // H264CodecProfileMain is a H264CodecProfile enum value
    H264CodecProfileMain = "MAIN"
)

H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the AVC-I License.

const (
    // H264DynamicSubGopAdaptive is a H264DynamicSubGop enum value
    H264DynamicSubGopAdaptive = "ADAPTIVE"

    // H264DynamicSubGopStatic is a H264DynamicSubGop enum value
    H264DynamicSubGopStatic = "STATIC"
)

Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content. This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames).

const (
    // H264EntropyEncodingCabac is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value
    H264EntropyEncodingCabac = "CABAC"

    // H264EntropyEncodingCavlc is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value
    H264EntropyEncodingCavlc = "CAVLC"
)

Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC.

const (
    // H264FieldEncodingPaff is a H264FieldEncoding enum value
    H264FieldEncodingPaff = "PAFF"

    // H264FieldEncodingForceField is a H264FieldEncoding enum value
    H264FieldEncodingForceField = "FORCE_FIELD"
)

Choosing FORCE_FIELD disables PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs.

const (
    // H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames.

const (
    // H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a H264FramerateControl enum value
    H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

    // H264FramerateControlSpecified is a H264FramerateControl enum value
    H264FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.

const (
    // H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
    H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP"

    // H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
    H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"
)

When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during frame rate conversion.

const (
    // H264GopBReferenceDisabled is a H264GopBReference enum value
    H264GopBReferenceDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H264GopBReferenceEnabled is a H264GopBReference enum value
    H264GopBReferenceEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 1.

const (
    // H264GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value
    H264GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES"

    // H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value
    H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS"
)

Indicates if the GOP Size in H264 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time.

const (
    // H264InterlaceModeProgressive is a H264InterlaceMode enum value
    H264InterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"

    // H264InterlaceModeTopField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value
    H264InterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD"

    // H264InterlaceModeBottomField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value
    H264InterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD"

    // H264InterlaceModeFollowTopField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value
    H264InterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"

    // H264InterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a H264InterlaceMode enum value
    H264InterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, behavior depends on the input scan type, as follows. - If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose.

const (
    // H264ParControlInitializeFromSource is a H264ParControl enum value
    H264ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

    // H264ParControlSpecified is a H264ParControl enum value
    H264ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio.

const (
    // H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a H264QualityTuningLevel enum value
    H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS"

    // H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq is a H264QualityTuningLevel enum value
    H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"

    // H264QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq is a H264QualityTuningLevel enum value
    H264QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Use Quality tuning level (H264QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass video encoding.

const (
    // H264RateControlModeVbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value
    H264RateControlModeVbr = "VBR"

    // H264RateControlModeCbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value
    H264RateControlModeCbr = "CBR"

    // H264RateControlModeQvbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value
    H264RateControlModeQvbr = "QVBR"
)

Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR), constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR).

const (
    // H264RepeatPpsDisabled is a H264RepeatPps enum value
    H264RepeatPpsDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H264RepeatPpsEnabled is a H264RepeatPps enum value
    H264RepeatPpsEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated.

const (
    // H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value
    H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value
    H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // H264SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value
    H264SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection = "TRANSITION_DETECTION"
)

Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection (TRANSITION_DETECTION) for further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.

const (
    // H264SlowPalDisabled is a H264SlowPal enum value
    H264SlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H264SlowPalEnabled is a H264SlowPal enum value
    H264SlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly.

const (
    // H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity.

const (
    // H264SyntaxDefault is a H264Syntax enum value
    H264SyntaxDefault = "DEFAULT"

    // H264SyntaxRp2027 is a H264Syntax enum value
    H264SyntaxRp2027 = "RP2027"
)

Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027.

const (
    // H264TelecineNone is a H264Telecine enum value
    H264TelecineNone = "NONE"

    // H264TelecineSoft is a H264Telecine enum value
    H264TelecineSoft = "SOFT"

    // H264TelecineHard is a H264Telecine enum value
    H264TelecineHard = "HARD"
)

This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output to 29.97i.

const (
    // H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity.

const (
    // H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled is a H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value
    H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled is a H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value
    H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.

const (
    // H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF"

    // H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW"

    // H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM"

    // H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH"

    // H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER"

    // H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX"
)

Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual quality.

const (
    // H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled is a H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei enum value
    H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled is a H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei enum value
    H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid Log Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF).

const (
    // H265CodecLevelAuto is a H265CodecLevel enum value
    H265CodecLevelAuto = "AUTO"

    // H265CodecLevelLevel1 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
    H265CodecLevelLevel1 = "LEVEL_1"

    // H265CodecLevelLevel2 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
    H265CodecLevelLevel2 = "LEVEL_2"

    // H265CodecLevelLevel21 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
    H265CodecLevelLevel21 = "LEVEL_2_1"

    // H265CodecLevelLevel3 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
    H265CodecLevelLevel3 = "LEVEL_3"

    // H265CodecLevelLevel31 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
    H265CodecLevelLevel31 = "LEVEL_3_1"

    // H265CodecLevelLevel4 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
    H265CodecLevelLevel4 = "LEVEL_4"

    // H265CodecLevelLevel41 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
    H265CodecLevelLevel41 = "LEVEL_4_1"

    // H265CodecLevelLevel5 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
    H265CodecLevelLevel5 = "LEVEL_5"

    // H265CodecLevelLevel51 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
    H265CodecLevelLevel51 = "LEVEL_5_1"

    // H265CodecLevelLevel52 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
    H265CodecLevelLevel52 = "LEVEL_5_2"

    // H265CodecLevelLevel6 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
    H265CodecLevelLevel6 = "LEVEL_6"

    // H265CodecLevelLevel61 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
    H265CodecLevelLevel61 = "LEVEL_6_1"

    // H265CodecLevelLevel62 is a H265CodecLevel enum value
    H265CodecLevelLevel62 = "LEVEL_6_2"
)

H.265 Level.

const (
    // H265CodecProfileMainMain is a H265CodecProfile enum value
    H265CodecProfileMainMain = "MAIN_MAIN"

    // H265CodecProfileMainHigh is a H265CodecProfile enum value
    H265CodecProfileMainHigh = "MAIN_HIGH"

    // H265CodecProfileMain10Main is a H265CodecProfile enum value
    H265CodecProfileMain10Main = "MAIN10_MAIN"

    // H265CodecProfileMain10High is a H265CodecProfile enum value
    H265CodecProfileMain10High = "MAIN10_HIGH"

    // H265CodecProfileMain4228bitMain is a H265CodecProfile enum value
    H265CodecProfileMain4228bitMain = "MAIN_422_8BIT_MAIN"

    // H265CodecProfileMain4228bitHigh is a H265CodecProfile enum value
    H265CodecProfileMain4228bitHigh = "MAIN_422_8BIT_HIGH"

    // H265CodecProfileMain42210bitMain is a H265CodecProfile enum value
    H265CodecProfileMain42210bitMain = "MAIN_422_10BIT_MAIN"

    // H265CodecProfileMain42210bitHigh is a H265CodecProfile enum value
    H265CodecProfileMain42210bitHigh = "MAIN_422_10BIT_HIGH"
)

Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile with High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License.

const (
    // H265DynamicSubGopAdaptive is a H265DynamicSubGop enum value
    H265DynamicSubGopAdaptive = "ADAPTIVE"

    // H265DynamicSubGopStatic is a H265DynamicSubGop enum value
    H265DynamicSubGopStatic = "STATIC"
)

Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content. This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames).

const (
    // H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker or 'pop' on I-frames.

const (
    // H265FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a H265FramerateControl enum value
    H265FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

    // H265FramerateControlSpecified is a H265FramerateControl enum value
    H265FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job sepecification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.

const (
    // H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
    H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP"

    // H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
    H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"
)

When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during frame rate conversion.

const (
    // H265GopBReferenceDisabled is a H265GopBReference enum value
    H265GopBReferenceDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H265GopBReferenceEnabled is a H265GopBReference enum value
    H265GopBReferenceEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 1.

const (
    // H265GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value
    H265GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES"

    // H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value
    H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS"
)

Indicates if the GOP Size in H265 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time.

const (
    // H265InterlaceModeProgressive is a H265InterlaceMode enum value
    H265InterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"

    // H265InterlaceModeTopField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value
    H265InterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD"

    // H265InterlaceModeBottomField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value
    H265InterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD"

    // H265InterlaceModeFollowTopField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value
    H265InterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"

    // H265InterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a H265InterlaceMode enum value
    H265InterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Choose the scan line type for the output. Choose Progressive (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Choose Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout. Choose Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, Default Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to create an interlaced output with the same field polarity as the source. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and "bottom field first". If the source is progressive, your output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose. If you don't choose a value, the service will default to Progressive (PROGRESSIVE).

const (
    // H265ParControlInitializeFromSource is a H265ParControl enum value
    H265ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

    // H265ParControlSpecified is a H265ParControl enum value
    H265ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio.

const (
    // H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a H265QualityTuningLevel enum value
    H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS"

    // H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq is a H265QualityTuningLevel enum value
    H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"

    // H265QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq is a H265QualityTuningLevel enum value
    H265QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Use Quality tuning level (H265QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to use fast single-pass, high-quality singlepass, or high-quality multipass video encoding.

const (
    // H265RateControlModeVbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value
    H265RateControlModeVbr = "VBR"

    // H265RateControlModeCbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value
    H265RateControlModeCbr = "CBR"

    // H265RateControlModeQvbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value
    H265RateControlModeQvbr = "QVBR"
)

Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR), constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR).

const (
    // H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault is a H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode enum value
    H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault = "DEFAULT"

    // H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive is a H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode enum value
    H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive = "ADAPTIVE"

    // H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff is a H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode enum value
    H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff = "OFF"
)

Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically selects best strength based on content

const (
    // H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value
    H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value
    H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // H265SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value
    H265SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection = "TRANSITION_DETECTION"
)

Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection (TRANSITION_DETECTION) for further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.

const (
    // H265SlowPalDisabled is a H265SlowPal enum value
    H265SlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H265SlowPalEnabled is a H265SlowPal enum value
    H265SlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly.

const (
    // H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity.

const (
    // H265TelecineNone is a H265Telecine enum value
    H265TelecineNone = "NONE"

    // H265TelecineSoft is a H265Telecine enum value
    H265TelecineSoft = "SOFT"

    // H265TelecineHard is a H265Telecine enum value
    H265TelecineHard = "HARD"
)

This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) field is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors > Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this output to 29.97i.

const (
    // H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity.

const (
    // H265TemporalIdsDisabled is a H265TemporalIds enum value
    H265TemporalIdsDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H265TemporalIdsEnabled is a H265TemporalIds enum value
    H265TemporalIdsEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers are supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer, reference B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can form a third layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal layers to generate a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream with temporal IDs and with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder could decode all the frames for full frame rate output or only the I and P frames (lowest temporal layer) for a half frame rate output.

const (
    // H265TilesDisabled is a H265Tiles enum value
    H265TilesDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H265TilesEnabled is a H265Tiles enum value
    H265TilesEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision of the encoded pictures.

const (
    // H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled is a H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value
    H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled is a H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode enum value
    H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.

const (
    // H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHvc1 is a H265WriteMp4PackagingType enum value
    H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHvc1 = "HVC1"

    // H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHev1 is a H265WriteMp4PackagingType enum value
    H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHev1 = "HEV1"
)

Use this setting only for outputs encoded with H.265 that are in CMAF or DASH output groups. If you include writeMp4PackagingType in your JSON job specification for other outputs, your video might not work properly with downstream systems and video players. If the location of parameter set NAL units don't matter in your workflow, ignore this setting. The service defaults to marking your output as HEV1. Choose HVC1 to mark your output as HVC1. This makes your output compliant with this specification: ISO IECJTC1 SC29 N13798 Text ISO/IEC FDIS 14496-15 3rd Edition. For these outputs, the service stores parameter set NAL units in the sample headers but not in the samples directly. Keep the default HEV1 to mark your output as HEV1. For these outputs, the service writes parameter set NAL units directly into the samples.

const (
    // HlsAdMarkersElemental is a HlsAdMarkers enum value
    HlsAdMarkersElemental = "ELEMENTAL"

    // HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 is a HlsAdMarkers enum value
    HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35"
)
const (
    // HlsAudioOnlyContainerAutomatic is a HlsAudioOnlyContainer enum value
    HlsAudioOnlyContainerAutomatic = "AUTOMATIC"

    // HlsAudioOnlyContainerM2ts is a HlsAudioOnlyContainer enum value
    HlsAudioOnlyContainerM2ts = "M2TS"
)

Use this setting only in audio-only outputs. Choose MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS) to create a file in an MPEG2-TS container. Keep the default value Automatic (AUTOMATIC) to create a raw audio-only file with no container. Regardless of the value that you specify here, if this output has video, the service will place outputs into an MPEG2-TS container.

const (
    // HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value
    HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT"

    // HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value
    HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT"

    // HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value
    HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT"

    // HlsAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream is a HlsAudioTrackType enum value
    HlsAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM"
)

Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream The client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default Alternate rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO

const (
    // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value
    HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert = "INSERT"

    // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value
    HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit = "OMIT"

    // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value
    HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone = "NONE"
)

Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS line from the manifest.

const (
    // HlsClientCacheDisabled is a HlsClientCache enum value
    HlsClientCacheDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // HlsClientCacheEnabled is a HlsClientCache enum value
    HlsClientCacheEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client from saving media segments for later replay.

const (
    // HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value
    HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 = "RFC_6381"

    // HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value
    HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 = "RFC_4281"
)

Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist generation.

const (
    // HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value
    HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY"

    // HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value
    HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM"
)

Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories.

const (
    // HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 is a HlsEncryptionType enum value
    HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 = "AES128"

    // HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes is a HlsEncryptionType enum value
    HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes = "SAMPLE_AES"
)

Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable. Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption.

const (
    // HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude is a HlsIFrameOnlyManifest enum value
    HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude = "INCLUDE"

    // HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude is a HlsIFrameOnlyManifest enum value
    HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

When set to INCLUDE, writes I-Frame Only Manifest in addition to the HLS manifest

const (
    // HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude is a HlsInitializationVectorInManifest enum value
    HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude = "INCLUDE"

    // HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude is a HlsInitializationVectorInManifest enum value
    HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed in the manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest.

const (
    // HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke is a HlsKeyProviderType enum value
    HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke = "SPEKE"

    // HlsKeyProviderTypeStaticKey is a HlsKeyProviderType enum value
    HlsKeyProviderTypeStaticKey = "STATIC_KEY"
)

Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider that follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.

const (
    // HlsManifestCompressionGzip is a HlsManifestCompression enum value
    HlsManifestCompressionGzip = "GZIP"

    // HlsManifestCompressionNone is a HlsManifestCompression enum value
    HlsManifestCompressionNone = "NONE"
)

When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.

const (
    // HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value
    HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint = "FLOATING_POINT"

    // HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value
    HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger = "INTEGER"
)

Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for segment duration.

const (
    // HlsOfflineEncryptedEnabled is a HlsOfflineEncrypted enum value
    HlsOfflineEncryptedEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // HlsOfflineEncryptedDisabled is a HlsOfflineEncrypted enum value
    HlsOfflineEncryptedDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

Enable this setting to insert the EXT-X-SESSION-KEY element into the master playlist. This allows for offline Apple HLS FairPlay content protection.

const (
    // HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments is a HlsOutputSelection enum value
    HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS"

    // HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly is a HlsOutputSelection enum value
    HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly = "SEGMENTS_ONLY"
)

Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS output group.

const (
    // HlsProgramDateTimeInclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value
    HlsProgramDateTimeInclude = "INCLUDE"

    // HlsProgramDateTimeExclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value
    HlsProgramDateTimeExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset.

const (
    // HlsSegmentControlSingleFile is a HlsSegmentControl enum value
    HlsSegmentControlSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE"

    // HlsSegmentControlSegmentedFiles is a HlsSegmentControl enum value
    HlsSegmentControlSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file, uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback.

const (
    // HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value
    HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude = "INCLUDE"

    // HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value
    HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of variant manifest.

const (
    // HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value
    HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone = "NONE"

    // HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value
    HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv = "PRIV"

    // HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value
    HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl = "TDRL"
)

Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode.

const (
    // ImscStylePassthroughEnabled is a ImscStylePassthrough enum value
    ImscStylePassthroughEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // ImscStylePassthroughDisabled is a ImscStylePassthrough enum value
    ImscStylePassthroughDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

Keep this setting enabled to have MediaConvert use the font style and position information from the captions source in the output. This option is available only when your input captions are CFF-TT, IMSC, SMPTE-TT, or TTML. Disable this setting for simplified output captions.

const (
    // InputDeblockFilterEnabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value
    InputDeblockFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // InputDeblockFilterDisabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value
    InputDeblockFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output. Default is disabled. Only manaully controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video inputs.

const (
    // InputDenoiseFilterEnabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value
    InputDenoiseFilterEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // InputDenoiseFilterDisabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value
    InputDenoiseFilterDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default is disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.

const (
    // InputFilterEnableAuto is a InputFilterEnable enum value
    InputFilterEnableAuto = "AUTO"

    // InputFilterEnableDisable is a InputFilterEnable enum value
    InputFilterEnableDisable = "DISABLE"

    // InputFilterEnableForce is a InputFilterEnable enum value
    InputFilterEnableForce = "FORCE"
)

Use Filter enable (InputFilterEnable) to specify how the transcoding service applies the denoise and deblock filters. You must also enable the filters separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). * Auto - The transcoding service determines whether to apply filtering, depending on input type and quality. * Disable - The input is not filtered. This is true even if you use the API to enable them in (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). * Force - The in put is filtered regardless of input type.

const (
    // InputPsiControlIgnorePsi is a InputPsiControl enum value
    InputPsiControlIgnorePsi = "IGNORE_PSI"

    // InputPsiControlUsePsi is a InputPsiControl enum value
    InputPsiControlUsePsi = "USE_PSI"
)

Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify which data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data.

const (
    // InputRotateDegree0 is a InputRotate enum value
    InputRotateDegree0 = "DEGREE_0"

    // InputRotateDegrees90 is a InputRotate enum value
    InputRotateDegrees90 = "DEGREES_90"

    // InputRotateDegrees180 is a InputRotate enum value
    InputRotateDegrees180 = "DEGREES_180"

    // InputRotateDegrees270 is a InputRotate enum value
    InputRotateDegrees270 = "DEGREES_270"

    // InputRotateAuto is a InputRotate enum value
    InputRotateAuto = "AUTO"
)

Use Rotate (InputRotate) to specify how the service rotates your video. You can choose automatic rotation or specify a rotation. You can specify a clockwise rotation of 0, 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If your input video container is .mov or .mp4 and your input has rotation metadata, you can choose Automatic to have the service rotate your video according to the rotation specified in the metadata. The rotation must be within one degree of 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If the rotation metadata specifies any other rotation, the service will default to no rotation. By default, the service does no rotation, even if your input video has rotation metadata. The service doesn't pass through rotation metadata.

const (
    // InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded is a InputTimecodeSource enum value
    InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED"

    // InputTimecodeSourceZerobased is a InputTimecodeSource enum value
    InputTimecodeSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED"

    // InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart is a InputTimecodeSource enum value
    InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart = "SPECIFIEDSTART"
)

Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource), to specify how the service counts input video frames. This input frame count affects only the behavior of features that apply to a single input at a time, such as input clipping and synchronizing some captions formats. Choose Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecodes in your input video. Choose Start at zero (ZEROBASED) to start the first frame at zero. Choose Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART) to start the first frame at the timecode that you specify in the setting Start timecode (timecodeStart). If you don't specify a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more information about timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.

const (
    // JobPhaseProbing is a JobPhase enum value
    JobPhaseProbing = "PROBING"

    // JobPhaseTranscoding is a JobPhase enum value
    JobPhaseTranscoding = "TRANSCODING"

    // JobPhaseUploading is a JobPhase enum value
    JobPhaseUploading = "UPLOADING"
)

A job's phase can be PROBING, TRANSCODING OR UPLOADING

const (
    // JobStatusSubmitted is a JobStatus enum value
    JobStatusSubmitted = "SUBMITTED"

    // JobStatusProgressing is a JobStatus enum value
    JobStatusProgressing = "PROGRESSING"

    // JobStatusComplete is a JobStatus enum value
    JobStatusComplete = "COMPLETE"

    // JobStatusCanceled is a JobStatus enum value
    JobStatusCanceled = "CANCELED"

    // JobStatusError is a JobStatus enum value
    JobStatusError = "ERROR"
)

A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR.

const (
    // JobTemplateListByName is a JobTemplateListBy enum value
    JobTemplateListByName = "NAME"

    // JobTemplateListByCreationDate is a JobTemplateListBy enum value
    JobTemplateListByCreationDate = "CREATION_DATE"

    // JobTemplateListBySystem is a JobTemplateListBy enum value
    JobTemplateListBySystem = "SYSTEM"
)

Optional. When you request a list of job templates, you can choose to list them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't specify, the service will list them by name.

const (
    // LanguageCodeEng is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeEng = "ENG"

    // LanguageCodeSpa is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSpa = "SPA"

    // LanguageCodeFra is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeFra = "FRA"

    // LanguageCodeDeu is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeDeu = "DEU"

    // LanguageCodeGer is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeGer = "GER"

    // LanguageCodeZho is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeZho = "ZHO"

    // LanguageCodeAra is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeAra = "ARA"

    // LanguageCodeHin is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeHin = "HIN"

    // LanguageCodeJpn is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeJpn = "JPN"

    // LanguageCodeRus is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeRus = "RUS"

    // LanguageCodePor is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodePor = "POR"

    // LanguageCodeIta is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeIta = "ITA"

    // LanguageCodeUrd is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeUrd = "URD"

    // LanguageCodeVie is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeVie = "VIE"

    // LanguageCodeKor is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKor = "KOR"

    // LanguageCodePan is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodePan = "PAN"

    // LanguageCodeAbk is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeAbk = "ABK"

    // LanguageCodeAar is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeAar = "AAR"

    // LanguageCodeAfr is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeAfr = "AFR"

    // LanguageCodeAka is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeAka = "AKA"

    // LanguageCodeSqi is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSqi = "SQI"

    // LanguageCodeAmh is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeAmh = "AMH"

    // LanguageCodeArg is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeArg = "ARG"

    // LanguageCodeHye is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeHye = "HYE"

    // LanguageCodeAsm is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeAsm = "ASM"

    // LanguageCodeAva is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeAva = "AVA"

    // LanguageCodeAve is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeAve = "AVE"

    // LanguageCodeAym is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeAym = "AYM"

    // LanguageCodeAze is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeAze = "AZE"

    // LanguageCodeBam is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeBam = "BAM"

    // LanguageCodeBak is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeBak = "BAK"

    // LanguageCodeEus is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeEus = "EUS"

    // LanguageCodeBel is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeBel = "BEL"

    // LanguageCodeBen is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeBen = "BEN"

    // LanguageCodeBih is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeBih = "BIH"

    // LanguageCodeBis is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeBis = "BIS"

    // LanguageCodeBos is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeBos = "BOS"

    // LanguageCodeBre is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeBre = "BRE"

    // LanguageCodeBul is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeBul = "BUL"

    // LanguageCodeMya is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeMya = "MYA"

    // LanguageCodeCat is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeCat = "CAT"

    // LanguageCodeKhm is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKhm = "KHM"

    // LanguageCodeCha is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeCha = "CHA"

    // LanguageCodeChe is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeChe = "CHE"

    // LanguageCodeNya is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeNya = "NYA"

    // LanguageCodeChu is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeChu = "CHU"

    // LanguageCodeChv is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeChv = "CHV"

    // LanguageCodeCor is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeCor = "COR"

    // LanguageCodeCos is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeCos = "COS"

    // LanguageCodeCre is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeCre = "CRE"

    // LanguageCodeHrv is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeHrv = "HRV"

    // LanguageCodeCes is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeCes = "CES"

    // LanguageCodeDan is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeDan = "DAN"

    // LanguageCodeDiv is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeDiv = "DIV"

    // LanguageCodeNld is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeNld = "NLD"

    // LanguageCodeDzo is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeDzo = "DZO"

    // LanguageCodeEnm is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeEnm = "ENM"

    // LanguageCodeEpo is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeEpo = "EPO"

    // LanguageCodeEst is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeEst = "EST"

    // LanguageCodeEwe is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeEwe = "EWE"

    // LanguageCodeFao is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeFao = "FAO"

    // LanguageCodeFij is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeFij = "FIJ"

    // LanguageCodeFin is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeFin = "FIN"

    // LanguageCodeFrm is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeFrm = "FRM"

    // LanguageCodeFul is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeFul = "FUL"

    // LanguageCodeGla is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeGla = "GLA"

    // LanguageCodeGlg is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeGlg = "GLG"

    // LanguageCodeLug is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeLug = "LUG"

    // LanguageCodeKat is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKat = "KAT"

    // LanguageCodeEll is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeEll = "ELL"

    // LanguageCodeGrn is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeGrn = "GRN"

    // LanguageCodeGuj is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeGuj = "GUJ"

    // LanguageCodeHat is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeHat = "HAT"

    // LanguageCodeHau is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeHau = "HAU"

    // LanguageCodeHeb is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeHeb = "HEB"

    // LanguageCodeHer is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeHer = "HER"

    // LanguageCodeHmo is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeHmo = "HMO"

    // LanguageCodeHun is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeHun = "HUN"

    // LanguageCodeIsl is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeIsl = "ISL"

    // LanguageCodeIdo is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeIdo = "IDO"

    // LanguageCodeIbo is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeIbo = "IBO"

    // LanguageCodeInd is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeInd = "IND"

    // LanguageCodeIna is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeIna = "INA"

    // LanguageCodeIle is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeIle = "ILE"

    // LanguageCodeIku is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeIku = "IKU"

    // LanguageCodeIpk is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeIpk = "IPK"

    // LanguageCodeGle is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeGle = "GLE"

    // LanguageCodeJav is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeJav = "JAV"

    // LanguageCodeKal is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKal = "KAL"

    // LanguageCodeKan is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKan = "KAN"

    // LanguageCodeKau is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKau = "KAU"

    // LanguageCodeKas is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKas = "KAS"

    // LanguageCodeKaz is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKaz = "KAZ"

    // LanguageCodeKik is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKik = "KIK"

    // LanguageCodeKin is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKin = "KIN"

    // LanguageCodeKir is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKir = "KIR"

    // LanguageCodeKom is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKom = "KOM"

    // LanguageCodeKon is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKon = "KON"

    // LanguageCodeKua is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKua = "KUA"

    // LanguageCodeKur is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeKur = "KUR"

    // LanguageCodeLao is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeLao = "LAO"

    // LanguageCodeLat is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeLat = "LAT"

    // LanguageCodeLav is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeLav = "LAV"

    // LanguageCodeLim is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeLim = "LIM"

    // LanguageCodeLin is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeLin = "LIN"

    // LanguageCodeLit is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeLit = "LIT"

    // LanguageCodeLub is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeLub = "LUB"

    // LanguageCodeLtz is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeLtz = "LTZ"

    // LanguageCodeMkd is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeMkd = "MKD"

    // LanguageCodeMlg is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeMlg = "MLG"

    // LanguageCodeMsa is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeMsa = "MSA"

    // LanguageCodeMal is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeMal = "MAL"

    // LanguageCodeMlt is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeMlt = "MLT"

    // LanguageCodeGlv is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeGlv = "GLV"

    // LanguageCodeMri is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeMri = "MRI"

    // LanguageCodeMar is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeMar = "MAR"

    // LanguageCodeMah is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeMah = "MAH"

    // LanguageCodeMon is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeMon = "MON"

    // LanguageCodeNau is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeNau = "NAU"

    // LanguageCodeNav is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeNav = "NAV"

    // LanguageCodeNde is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeNde = "NDE"

    // LanguageCodeNbl is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeNbl = "NBL"

    // LanguageCodeNdo is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeNdo = "NDO"

    // LanguageCodeNep is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeNep = "NEP"

    // LanguageCodeSme is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSme = "SME"

    // LanguageCodeNor is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeNor = "NOR"

    // LanguageCodeNob is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeNob = "NOB"

    // LanguageCodeNno is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeNno = "NNO"

    // LanguageCodeOci is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeOci = "OCI"

    // LanguageCodeOji is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeOji = "OJI"

    // LanguageCodeOri is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeOri = "ORI"

    // LanguageCodeOrm is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeOrm = "ORM"

    // LanguageCodeOss is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeOss = "OSS"

    // LanguageCodePli is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodePli = "PLI"

    // LanguageCodeFas is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeFas = "FAS"

    // LanguageCodePol is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodePol = "POL"

    // LanguageCodePus is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodePus = "PUS"

    // LanguageCodeQue is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeQue = "QUE"

    // LanguageCodeQaa is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeQaa = "QAA"

    // LanguageCodeRon is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeRon = "RON"

    // LanguageCodeRoh is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeRoh = "ROH"

    // LanguageCodeRun is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeRun = "RUN"

    // LanguageCodeSmo is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSmo = "SMO"

    // LanguageCodeSag is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSag = "SAG"

    // LanguageCodeSan is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSan = "SAN"

    // LanguageCodeSrd is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSrd = "SRD"

    // LanguageCodeSrb is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSrb = "SRB"

    // LanguageCodeSna is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSna = "SNA"

    // LanguageCodeIii is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeIii = "III"

    // LanguageCodeSnd is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSnd = "SND"

    // LanguageCodeSin is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSin = "SIN"

    // LanguageCodeSlk is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSlk = "SLK"

    // LanguageCodeSlv is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSlv = "SLV"

    // LanguageCodeSom is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSom = "SOM"

    // LanguageCodeSot is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSot = "SOT"

    // LanguageCodeSun is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSun = "SUN"

    // LanguageCodeSwa is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSwa = "SWA"

    // LanguageCodeSsw is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSsw = "SSW"

    // LanguageCodeSwe is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeSwe = "SWE"

    // LanguageCodeTgl is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTgl = "TGL"

    // LanguageCodeTah is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTah = "TAH"

    // LanguageCodeTgk is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTgk = "TGK"

    // LanguageCodeTam is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTam = "TAM"

    // LanguageCodeTat is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTat = "TAT"

    // LanguageCodeTel is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTel = "TEL"

    // LanguageCodeTha is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTha = "THA"

    // LanguageCodeBod is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeBod = "BOD"

    // LanguageCodeTir is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTir = "TIR"

    // LanguageCodeTon is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTon = "TON"

    // LanguageCodeTso is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTso = "TSO"

    // LanguageCodeTsn is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTsn = "TSN"

    // LanguageCodeTur is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTur = "TUR"

    // LanguageCodeTuk is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTuk = "TUK"

    // LanguageCodeTwi is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTwi = "TWI"

    // LanguageCodeUig is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeUig = "UIG"

    // LanguageCodeUkr is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeUkr = "UKR"

    // LanguageCodeUzb is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeUzb = "UZB"

    // LanguageCodeVen is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeVen = "VEN"

    // LanguageCodeVol is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeVol = "VOL"

    // LanguageCodeWln is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeWln = "WLN"

    // LanguageCodeCym is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeCym = "CYM"

    // LanguageCodeFry is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeFry = "FRY"

    // LanguageCodeWol is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeWol = "WOL"

    // LanguageCodeXho is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeXho = "XHO"

    // LanguageCodeYid is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeYid = "YID"

    // LanguageCodeYor is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeYor = "YOR"

    // LanguageCodeZha is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeZha = "ZHA"

    // LanguageCodeZul is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeZul = "ZUL"

    // LanguageCodeOrj is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeOrj = "ORJ"

    // LanguageCodeQpc is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeQpc = "QPC"

    // LanguageCodeTng is a LanguageCode enum value
    LanguageCodeTng = "TNG"
)

Specify the language, using the ISO 639-2 three-letter code listed at https://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php.

const (
    // M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value
    M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb = "DVB"

    // M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value
    M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc = "ATSC"
)

Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio.

const (
    // M2tsBufferModelMultiplex is a M2tsBufferModel enum value
    M2tsBufferModelMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX"

    // M2tsBufferModelNone is a M2tsBufferModel enum value
    M2tsBufferModelNone = "NONE"
)

Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to MULTIPLEX, use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower latency, but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without interruptions.

const (
    // M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals is a M2tsEbpAudioInterval enum value
    M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS"

    // M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoInterval is a M2tsEbpAudioInterval enum value
    M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL"
)

When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When set to VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only applicable when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP or EBP_LEGACY).

const (
    // M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value
    M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS"

    // M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value
    M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid = "VIDEO_PID"
)

Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only on the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP or EBP_LEGACY).

const (
    // M2tsEsRateInPesInclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value
    M2tsEsRateInPesInclude = "INCLUDE"

    // M2tsEsRateInPesExclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value
    M2tsEsRateInPesExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header.

const (
    // M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderForce is a M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder enum value
    M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderForce = "FORCE"

    // M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderDefault is a M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder enum value
    M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderDefault = "DEFAULT"
)

Keep the default value (DEFAULT) unless you know that your audio EBP markers are incorrectly appearing before your video EBP markers. To correct this problem, set this value to Force (FORCE).

const (
    // M2tsNielsenId3Insert is a M2tsNielsenId3 enum value
    M2tsNielsenId3Insert = "INSERT"

    // M2tsNielsenId3None is a M2tsNielsenId3 enum value
    M2tsNielsenId3None = "NONE"
)

If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.

const (
    // M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M2tsPcrControl enum value
    M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"

    // M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M2tsPcrControl enum value
    M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"
)

When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.

const (
    // M2tsRateModeVbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value
    M2tsRateModeVbr = "VBR"

    // M2tsRateModeCbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value
    M2tsRateModeCbr = "CBR"
)

When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate, but the output will not be padded up to that bitrate.

const (
    // M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough is a M2tsScte35Source enum value
    M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

    // M2tsScte35SourceNone is a M2tsScte35Source enum value
    M2tsScte35SourceNone = "NONE"
)

For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None (NONE). Also provide the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification XML (sccXml). Also enable ESAM SCTE-35 (include the property scte35Esam).

const (
    // M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
    M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone = "NONE"

    // M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
    M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart = "RAI_SEGSTART"

    // M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
    M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt = "RAI_ADAPT"

    // M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
    M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart = "PSI_SEGSTART"

    // M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
    M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp = "EBP"

    // M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value
    M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy = "EBP_LEGACY"
)

Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format.

const (
    // M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value
    M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE"

    // M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value
    M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence = "RESET_CADENCE"
)

The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted. When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds. When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds. Note that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule.

const (
    // M3u8NielsenId3Insert is a M3u8NielsenId3 enum value
    M3u8NielsenId3Insert = "INSERT"

    // M3u8NielsenId3None is a M3u8NielsenId3 enum value
    M3u8NielsenId3None = "NONE"
)

If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.

const (
    // M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M3u8PcrControl enum value
    M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"

    // M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M3u8PcrControl enum value
    M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"
)

When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.

const (
    // M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough is a M3u8Scte35Source enum value
    M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

    // M3u8Scte35SourceNone is a M3u8Scte35Source enum value
    M3u8Scte35SourceNone = "NONE"
)

For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None (NONE) if you don't want manifest conditioning. Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) and choose Ad markers (adMarkers) if you do want manifest conditioning. In both cases, also provide the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification XML (sccXml).

const (
    // MotionImageInsertionModeMov is a MotionImageInsertionMode enum value
    MotionImageInsertionModeMov = "MOV"

    // MotionImageInsertionModePng is a MotionImageInsertionMode enum value
    MotionImageInsertionModePng = "PNG"
)

Choose the type of motion graphic asset that you are providing for your overlay. You can choose either a .mov file or a series of .png files.

const (
    // MotionImagePlaybackOnce is a MotionImagePlayback enum value
    MotionImagePlaybackOnce = "ONCE"

    // MotionImagePlaybackRepeat is a MotionImagePlayback enum value
    MotionImagePlaybackRepeat = "REPEAT"
)

Specify whether your motion graphic overlay repeats on a loop or plays only once.

const (
    // MovClapAtomInclude is a MovClapAtom enum value
    MovClapAtomInclude = "INCLUDE"

    // MovClapAtomExclude is a MovClapAtom enum value
    MovClapAtomExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings.

const (
    // MovCslgAtomInclude is a MovCslgAtom enum value
    MovCslgAtomInclude = "INCLUDE"

    // MovCslgAtomExclude is a MovCslgAtom enum value
    MovCslgAtomExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.

const (
    // MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam is a MovMpeg2FourCCControl enum value
    MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam = "XDCAM"

    // MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg is a MovMpeg2FourCCControl enum value
    MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg = "MPEG"
)

When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players, but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the video codec is MPEG2.

const (
    // MovPaddingControlOmneon is a MovPaddingControl enum value
    MovPaddingControlOmneon = "OMNEON"

    // MovPaddingControlNone is a MovPaddingControl enum value
    MovPaddingControlNone = "NONE"
)

If set to OMNEON, inserts Omneon-compatible padding

const (
    // MovReferenceSelfContained is a MovReference enum value
    MovReferenceSelfContained = "SELF_CONTAINED"

    // MovReferenceExternal is a MovReference enum value
    MovReferenceExternal = "EXTERNAL"
)

Always keep the default value (SELF_CONTAINED) for this setting.

const (
    // Mp4CslgAtomInclude is a Mp4CslgAtom enum value
    Mp4CslgAtomInclude = "INCLUDE"

    // Mp4CslgAtomExclude is a Mp4CslgAtom enum value
    Mp4CslgAtomExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times in the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, and a 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 14496-1 amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.

const (
    // Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude is a Mp4FreeSpaceBox enum value
    Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude = "INCLUDE"

    // Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude is a Mp4FreeSpaceBox enum value
    Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude = "EXCLUDE"
)

Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box.

const (
    // Mp4MoovPlacementProgressiveDownload is a Mp4MoovPlacement enum value
    Mp4MoovPlacementProgressiveDownload = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD"

    // Mp4MoovPlacementNormal is a Mp4MoovPlacement enum value
    Mp4MoovPlacementNormal = "NORMAL"
)

If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning of the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed normally at the end.

const (
    // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF"

    // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW"

    // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM"

    // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value
    Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH"
)

Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual quality.

const (
    // Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value
    Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto = "AUTO"

    // Mpeg2CodecLevelLow is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value
    Mpeg2CodecLevelLow = "LOW"

    // Mpeg2CodecLevelMain is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value
    Mpeg2CodecLevelMain = "MAIN"

    // Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440 is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value
    Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440 = "HIGH1440"

    // Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh is a Mpeg2CodecLevel enum value
    Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh = "HIGH"
)

Use Level (Mpeg2CodecLevel) to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output.

const (
    // Mpeg2CodecProfileMain is a Mpeg2CodecProfile enum value
    Mpeg2CodecProfileMain = "MAIN"

    // Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile422 is a Mpeg2CodecProfile enum value
    Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile422 = "PROFILE_422"
)

Use Profile (Mpeg2CodecProfile) to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output.

const (
    // Mpeg2DynamicSubGopAdaptive is a Mpeg2DynamicSubGop enum value
    Mpeg2DynamicSubGopAdaptive = "ADAPTIVE"

    // Mpeg2DynamicSubGopStatic is a Mpeg2DynamicSubGop enum value
    Mpeg2DynamicSubGopStatic = "STATIC"
)

Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content. This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you provide for the setting B frames between reference frames (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames).

const (
    // Mpeg2FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a Mpeg2FramerateControl enum value
    Mpeg2FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

    // Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified is a Mpeg2FramerateControl enum value
    Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job sepecification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.

const (
    // Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
    Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP"

    // Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
    Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"
)

When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during frame rate conversion.

const (
    // Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames is a Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum value
    Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES"

    // Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum value
    Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS"
)

Indicates if the GOP Size in MPEG2 is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the system will convert the GOP Size into a frame count at run time.

const (
    // Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value
    Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"

    // Mpeg2InterlaceModeTopField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value
    Mpeg2InterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD"

    // Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottomField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value
    Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD"

    // Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowTopField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value
    Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"

    // Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a Mpeg2InterlaceMode enum value
    Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose.

const (
    // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value
    Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto = "AUTO"

    // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision8 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value
    Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision8 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_8"

    // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision9 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value
    Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision9 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_9"

    // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision10 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value
    Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision10 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_10"

    // Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision11 is a Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision enum value
    Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision11 = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_11"
)

Use Intra DC precision (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) to set quantization precision for intra-block DC coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service will automatically select the precision based on the per-frame compression ratio.

const (
    // Mpeg2ParControlInitializeFromSource is a Mpeg2ParControl enum value
    Mpeg2ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

    // Mpeg2ParControlSpecified is a Mpeg2ParControl enum value
    Mpeg2ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

Using the API, enable ParFollowSource if you want the service to use the pixel aspect ratio from the input. Using the console, do this by choosing Follow source for Pixel aspect ratio.

const (
    // Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSinglePass is a Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel enum value
    Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSinglePass = "SINGLE_PASS"

    // Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMultiPass is a Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel enum value
    Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMultiPass = "MULTI_PASS"
)

Use Quality tuning level (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) to specifiy whether to use single-pass or multipass video encoding.

const (
    // Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr is a Mpeg2RateControlMode enum value
    Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr = "VBR"

    // Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr is a Mpeg2RateControlMode enum value
    Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr = "CBR"
)

Use Rate control mode (Mpeg2RateControlMode) to specifiy whether the bitrate is variable (vbr) or constant (cbr).

const (
    // Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect enum value
    Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect enum value
    Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default.

const (
    // Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled is a Mpeg2SlowPal enum value
    Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled is a Mpeg2SlowPal enum value
    Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly.

const (
    // Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity.

const (
    // Mpeg2SyntaxDefault is a Mpeg2Syntax enum value
    Mpeg2SyntaxDefault = "DEFAULT"

    // Mpeg2SyntaxD10 is a Mpeg2Syntax enum value
    Mpeg2SyntaxD10 = "D_10"
)

Produces a Type D-10 compatible bitstream (SMPTE 356M-2001).

const (
    // Mpeg2TelecineNone is a Mpeg2Telecine enum value
    Mpeg2TelecineNone = "NONE"

    // Mpeg2TelecineSoft is a Mpeg2Telecine enum value
    Mpeg2TelecineSoft = "SOFT"

    // Mpeg2TelecineHard is a Mpeg2Telecine enum value
    Mpeg2TelecineHard = "HARD"
)

Only use Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 29.970. Set Telecine (Mpeg2Telecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i output from a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output and leave converstion to the player.

const (
    // Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled is a Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled is a Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization enum value
    Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity.

const (
    // MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombineDuplicateStreams is a MsSmoothAudioDeduplication enum value
    MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombineDuplicateStreams = "COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS"

    // MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone is a MsSmoothAudioDeduplication enum value
    MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone = "NONE"
)

COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across a Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream.

const (
    // MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8 is a MsSmoothManifestEncoding enum value
    MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8 = "UTF8"

    // MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16 is a MsSmoothManifestEncoding enum value
    MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16 = "UTF16"
)

Use Manifest encoding (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) to specify the encoding format for the server and client manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16.

const (
    // NoiseReducerFilterBilateral is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
    NoiseReducerFilterBilateral = "BILATERAL"

    // NoiseReducerFilterMean is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
    NoiseReducerFilterMean = "MEAN"

    // NoiseReducerFilterGaussian is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
    NoiseReducerFilterGaussian = "GAUSSIAN"

    // NoiseReducerFilterLanczos is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
    NoiseReducerFilterLanczos = "LANCZOS"

    // NoiseReducerFilterSharpen is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
    NoiseReducerFilterSharpen = "SHARPEN"

    // NoiseReducerFilterConserve is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
    NoiseReducerFilterConserve = "CONSERVE"

    // NoiseReducerFilterSpatial is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
    NoiseReducerFilterSpatial = "SPATIAL"

    // NoiseReducerFilterTemporal is a NoiseReducerFilter enum value
    NoiseReducerFilterTemporal = "TEMPORAL"
)

Use Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter) to select one of the following spatial image filtering functions. To use this setting, you must also enable Noise reducer (NoiseReducer). * Bilateral preserves edges while reducing noise. * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and Sharpen (sharpest) do convolution filtering. * Conserve does min/max noise reduction. * Spatial does frequency-domain filtering based on JND principles. * Temporal optimizes video quality for complex motion.

const (
    // OrderAscending is a Order enum value
    OrderAscending = "ASCENDING"

    // OrderDescending is a Order enum value
    OrderDescending = "DESCENDING"
)

When you request lists of resources, you can optionally specify whether they are sorted in ASCENDING or DESCENDING order. Default varies by resource.

const (
    // OutputGroupTypeHlsGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value
    OutputGroupTypeHlsGroupSettings = "HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS"

    // OutputGroupTypeDashIsoGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value
    OutputGroupTypeDashIsoGroupSettings = "DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS"

    // OutputGroupTypeFileGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value
    OutputGroupTypeFileGroupSettings = "FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS"

    // OutputGroupTypeMsSmoothGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value
    OutputGroupTypeMsSmoothGroupSettings = "MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS"

    // OutputGroupTypeCmafGroupSettings is a OutputGroupType enum value
    OutputGroupTypeCmafGroupSettings = "CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS"
)

Type of output group (File group, Apple HLS, DASH ISO, Microsoft Smooth Streaming, CMAF)

const (
    // OutputSdtSdtFollow is a OutputSdt enum value
    OutputSdtSdtFollow = "SDT_FOLLOW"

    // OutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent is a OutputSdt enum value
    OutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT"

    // OutputSdtSdtManual is a OutputSdt enum value
    OutputSdtSdtManual = "SDT_MANUAL"

    // OutputSdtSdtNone is a OutputSdt enum value
    OutputSdtSdtNone = "SDT_NONE"
)

Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information.

const (
    // PresetListByName is a PresetListBy enum value
    PresetListByName = "NAME"

    // PresetListByCreationDate is a PresetListBy enum value
    PresetListByCreationDate = "CREATION_DATE"

    // PresetListBySystem is a PresetListBy enum value
    PresetListBySystem = "SYSTEM"
)

Optional. When you request a list of presets, you can choose to list them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't specify, the service will list them by name.

const (
    // PricingPlanOnDemand is a PricingPlan enum value
    PricingPlanOnDemand = "ON_DEMAND"

    // PricingPlanReserved is a PricingPlan enum value
    PricingPlanReserved = "RESERVED"
)

Specifies whether the pricing plan for the queue is on-demand or reserved. For on-demand, you pay per minute, billed in increments of .01 minute. For reserved, you pay for the transcoding capacity of the entire queue, regardless of how much or how little you use it. Reserved pricing requires a 12-month commitment.

const (
    // ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422 is a ProresCodecProfile enum value
    ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422 = "APPLE_PRORES_422"

    // ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Hq is a ProresCodecProfile enum value
    ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Hq = "APPLE_PRORES_422_HQ"

    // ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Lt is a ProresCodecProfile enum value
    ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Lt = "APPLE_PRORES_422_LT"

    // ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Proxy is a ProresCodecProfile enum value
    ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Proxy = "APPLE_PRORES_422_PROXY"
)

Use Profile (ProResCodecProfile) to specifiy the type of Apple ProRes codec to use for this output.

const (
    // ProresFramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a ProresFramerateControl enum value
    ProresFramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

    // ProresFramerateControlSpecified is a ProresFramerateControl enum value
    ProresFramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job sepecification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.

const (
    // ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop is a ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
    ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop = "DUPLICATE_DROP"

    // ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate is a ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm enum value
    ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate = "INTERPOLATE"
)

When set to INTERPOLATE, produces smoother motion during frame rate conversion.

const (
    // ProresInterlaceModeProgressive is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value
    ProresInterlaceModeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE"

    // ProresInterlaceModeTopField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value
    ProresInterlaceModeTopField = "TOP_FIELD"

    // ProresInterlaceModeBottomField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value
    ProresInterlaceModeBottomField = "BOTTOM_FIELD"

    // ProresInterlaceModeFollowTopField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value
    ProresInterlaceModeFollowTopField = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"

    // ProresInterlaceModeFollowBottomField is a ProresInterlaceMode enum value
    ProresInterlaceModeFollowBottomField = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Use Interlace mode (InterlaceMode) to choose the scan line type for the output. * Top Field First (TOP_FIELD) and Bottom Field First (BOTTOM_FIELD) produce interlaced output with the entire output having the same field polarity (top or bottom first). * Follow, Default Top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) and Follow, Default Bottom (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) use the same field polarity as the source. Therefore, behavior depends on the input scan type. - If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as the source (it will follow the source). The output could therefore be a mix of "top field first" and "bottom field first". - If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with "top field first" or "bottom field first" polarity, depending on which of the Follow options you chose.

const (
    // ProresParControlInitializeFromSource is a ProresParControl enum value
    ProresParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"

    // ProresParControlSpecified is a ProresParControl enum value
    ProresParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED"
)

Use (ProresParControl) to specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio. Set to Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE) to use the pixel aspect ratio from the input. To specify a different pixel aspect ratio: Using the console, choose it from the dropdown menu. Using the API, set ProresParControl to (SPECIFIED) and provide for (ParNumerator) and (ParDenominator).

const (
    // ProresSlowPalDisabled is a ProresSlowPal enum value
    ProresSlowPalDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // ProresSlowPalEnabled is a ProresSlowPal enum value
    ProresSlowPalEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Enables Slow PAL rate conversion. 23.976fps and 24fps input is relabeled as 25fps, and audio is sped up correspondingly.

const (
    // ProresTelecineNone is a ProresTelecine enum value
    ProresTelecineNone = "NONE"

    // ProresTelecineHard is a ProresTelecine enum value
    ProresTelecineHard = "HARD"
)

Only use Telecine (ProresTelecine) when you set Framerate (Framerate) to 29.970. Set Telecine (ProresTelecine) to Hard (hard) to produce a 29.97i output from a 23.976 input. Set it to Soft (soft) to produce 23.976 output and leave converstion to the player.

const (
    // QueueListByName is a QueueListBy enum value
    QueueListByName = "NAME"

    // QueueListByCreationDate is a QueueListBy enum value
    QueueListByCreationDate = "CREATION_DATE"
)

Optional. When you request a list of queues, you can choose to list them alphabetically by NAME or chronologically by CREATION_DATE. If you don't specify, the service will list them by creation date.

const (
    // QueueStatusActive is a QueueStatus enum value
    QueueStatusActive = "ACTIVE"

    // QueueStatusPaused is a QueueStatus enum value
    QueueStatusPaused = "PAUSED"
)

Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, jobs in that queue won't begin. Jobs that are running when you pause a queue continue to run until they finish or result in an error.

const (
    // RenewalTypeAutoRenew is a RenewalType enum value
    RenewalTypeAutoRenew = "AUTO_RENEW"

    // RenewalTypeExpire is a RenewalType enum value
    RenewalTypeExpire = "EXPIRE"
)

Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term.

const (
    // ReservationPlanStatusActive is a ReservationPlanStatus enum value
    ReservationPlanStatusActive = "ACTIVE"

    // ReservationPlanStatusExpired is a ReservationPlanStatus enum value
    ReservationPlanStatusExpired = "EXPIRED"
)

Specifies whether the pricing plan for your reserved queue is ACTIVE or EXPIRED.

const (
    // RespondToAfdNone is a RespondToAfd enum value
    RespondToAfdNone = "NONE"

    // RespondToAfdRespond is a RespondToAfd enum value
    RespondToAfdRespond = "RESPOND"

    // RespondToAfdPassthrough is a RespondToAfd enum value
    RespondToAfdPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Use Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to specify how the service changes the video itself in response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to clip the input video frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect ratio, and output display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the input AFD values. Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to (NONE). A preferred implementation of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to (NONE) and set AfdSignaling to (AUTO). * Choose None to remove all input AFD values from this output.

const (
    // S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionS3 is a S3ServerSideEncryptionType enum value
    S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionS3 = "SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_S3"

    // S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionKms is a S3ServerSideEncryptionType enum value
    S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionKms = "SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS"
)

Specify how you want your data keys managed. AWS uses data keys to encrypt your content. AWS also encrypts the data keys themselves, using a customer master key (CMK), and then stores the encrypted data keys alongside your encrypted content. Use this setting to specify which AWS service manages the CMK. For simplest set up, choose Amazon S3 (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_S3). If you want your master key to be managed by AWS Key Management Service (KMS), choose AWS KMS (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS). By default, when you choose AWS KMS, KMS uses the AWS managed customer master key (CMK) associated with Amazon S3 to encrypt your data keys. You can optionally choose to specify a different, customer managed CMK. Do so by specifying the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the key for the setting KMS ARN (kmsKeyArn).

const (
    // ScalingBehaviorDefault is a ScalingBehavior enum value
    ScalingBehaviorDefault = "DEFAULT"

    // ScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput is a ScalingBehavior enum value
    ScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT"
)

Specify how the service handles outputs that have a different aspect ratio from the input aspect ratio. Choose Stretch to output (STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT) to have the service stretch your video image to fit. Keep the setting Default (DEFAULT) to have the service letterbox your video instead. This setting overrides any value that you specify for the setting Selection placement (position) in this output.

const (
    // SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2397 is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value
    SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2397 = "FRAMERATE_23_97"

    // SccDestinationFramerateFramerate24 is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value
    SccDestinationFramerateFramerate24 = "FRAMERATE_24"

    // SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997Dropframe is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value
    SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997Dropframe = "FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME"

    // SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997NonDropframe is a SccDestinationFramerate enum value
    SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997NonDropframe = "FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME"
)

Set Framerate (SccDestinationFramerate) to make sure that the captions and the video are synchronized in the output. Specify a frame rate that matches the frame rate of the associated video. If the video frame rate is 29.97, choose 29.97 dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME) only if the video has video_insertion=true and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose 29.97 non-dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME).

const (
    // SimulateReservedQueueDisabled is a SimulateReservedQueue enum value
    SimulateReservedQueueDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // SimulateReservedQueueEnabled is a SimulateReservedQueue enum value
    SimulateReservedQueueEnabled = "ENABLED"
)

Enable this setting when you run a test job to estimate how many reserved transcoding slots (RTS) you need. When this is enabled, MediaConvert runs your job from an on-demand queue with similar performance to what you will see with one RTS in a reserved queue. This setting is disabled by default.

const (
    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds10 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds10 = "SECONDS_10"

    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds12 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds12 = "SECONDS_12"

    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds15 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds15 = "SECONDS_15"

    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds20 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds20 = "SECONDS_20"

    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds30 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds30 = "SECONDS_30"

    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds60 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds60 = "SECONDS_60"

    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds120 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds120 = "SECONDS_120"

    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds180 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds180 = "SECONDS_180"

    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds240 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds240 = "SECONDS_240"

    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds300 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds300 = "SECONDS_300"

    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds360 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds360 = "SECONDS_360"

    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds420 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds420 = "SECONDS_420"

    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds480 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds480 = "SECONDS_480"

    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds540 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds540 = "SECONDS_540"

    // StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds600 is a StatusUpdateInterval enum value
    StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds600 = "SECONDS_600"
)

Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.

const (
    // TeletextPageTypePageTypeInitial is a TeletextPageType enum value
    TeletextPageTypePageTypeInitial = "PAGE_TYPE_INITIAL"

    // TeletextPageTypePageTypeSubtitle is a TeletextPageType enum value
    TeletextPageTypePageTypeSubtitle = "PAGE_TYPE_SUBTITLE"

    // TeletextPageTypePageTypeAddlInfo is a TeletextPageType enum value
    TeletextPageTypePageTypeAddlInfo = "PAGE_TYPE_ADDL_INFO"

    // TeletextPageTypePageTypeProgramSchedule is a TeletextPageType enum value
    TeletextPageTypePageTypeProgramSchedule = "PAGE_TYPE_PROGRAM_SCHEDULE"

    // TeletextPageTypePageTypeHearingImpairedSubtitle is a TeletextPageType enum value
    TeletextPageTypePageTypeHearingImpairedSubtitle = "PAGE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED_SUBTITLE"
)

A page type as defined in the standard ETSI EN 300 468, Table 94

const (
    // TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
    TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter = "TOP_CENTER"

    // TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
    TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft = "TOP_LEFT"

    // TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
    TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight = "TOP_RIGHT"

    // TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
    TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft = "MIDDLE_LEFT"

    // TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
    TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter = "MIDDLE_CENTER"

    // TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
    TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight = "MIDDLE_RIGHT"

    // TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
    TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft = "BOTTOM_LEFT"

    // TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
    TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter = "BOTTOM_CENTER"

    // TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight is a TimecodeBurninPosition enum value
    TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight = "BOTTOM_RIGHT"
)

Use Position (Position) under under Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn) to specify the location the burned-in timecode on output video.

const (
    // TimecodeSourceEmbedded is a TimecodeSource enum value
    TimecodeSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED"

    // TimecodeSourceZerobased is a TimecodeSource enum value
    TimecodeSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED"

    // TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart is a TimecodeSource enum value
    TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart = "SPECIFIEDSTART"
)

Use Source (TimecodeSource) to set how timecodes are handled within this job. To make sure that your video, audio, captions, and markers are synchronized and that time-based features, such as image inserter, work correctly, choose the Timecode source option that matches your assets. All timecodes are in a 24-hour format with frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded (EMBEDDED) - Use the timecode that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, the service will use Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) instead. * Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. * Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to a value other than zero. You use Start timecode (Start) to provide this value.

const (
    // TimedMetadataPassthrough is a TimedMetadata enum value
    TimedMetadataPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH"

    // TimedMetadataNone is a TimedMetadata enum value
    TimedMetadataNone = "NONE"
)

Applies only to HLS outputs. Use this setting to specify whether the service inserts the ID3 timed metadata from the input in this output.

const (
    // TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled is a TtmlStylePassthrough enum value
    TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled = "ENABLED"

    // TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled is a TtmlStylePassthrough enum value
    TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled = "DISABLED"
)

Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or TTML output.

const (
    // TypeSystem is a Type enum value
    TypeSystem = "SYSTEM"

    // TypeCustom is a Type enum value
    TypeCustom = "CUSTOM"
)
const (
    // VideoCodecFrameCapture is a VideoCodec enum value
    VideoCodecFrameCapture = "FRAME_CAPTURE"

    // VideoCodecH264 is a VideoCodec enum value
    VideoCodecH264 = "H_264"

    // VideoCodecH265 is a VideoCodec enum value
    VideoCodecH265 = "H_265"

    // VideoCodecMpeg2 is a VideoCodec enum value
    VideoCodecMpeg2 = "MPEG2"

    // VideoCodecProres is a VideoCodec enum value
    VideoCodecProres = "PRORES"
)

Type of video codec

const (
    // VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled is a VideoTimecodeInsertion enum value
    VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled = "DISABLED"

    // VideoTimecodeInsertionPicTimingSei is a VideoTimecodeInsertion enum value
    VideoTimecodeInsertionPicTimingSei = "PIC_TIMING_SEI"
)

Applies only to H.264, H.265, MPEG2, and ProRes outputs. Only enable Timecode insertion when the input frame rate is identical to the output frame rate. To include timecodes in this output, set Timecode insertion (VideoTimecodeInsertion) to PIC_TIMING_SEI. To leave them out, set it to DISABLED. Default is DISABLED. When the service inserts timecodes in an output, by default, it uses any embedded timecodes from the input. If none are present, the service will set the timecode for the first output frame to zero. To change this default behavior, adjust the settings under Timecode configuration (TimecodeConfig). In the console, these settings are located under Job > Job settings > Timecode configuration. Note - Timecode source under input settings (InputTimecodeSource) does not affect the timecodes that are inserted in the output. Source under Job settings > Timecode configuration (TimecodeSource) does.

const (
    // WavFormatRiff is a WavFormat enum value
    WavFormatRiff = "RIFF"

    // WavFormatRf64 is a WavFormat enum value
    WavFormatRf64 = "RF64"
)

The service defaults to using RIFF for WAV outputs. If your output audio is likely to exceed 4 GB in file size, or if you otherwise need the extended support of the RF64 format, set your output WAV file format to RF64.

const (

    // ErrCodeBadRequestException for service response error code
    // "BadRequestException".
    ErrCodeBadRequestException = "BadRequestException"

    // ErrCodeConflictException for service response error code
    // "ConflictException".
    ErrCodeConflictException = "ConflictException"

    // ErrCodeForbiddenException for service response error code
    // "ForbiddenException".
    ErrCodeForbiddenException = "ForbiddenException"

    // ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException for service response error code
    // "InternalServerErrorException".
    ErrCodeInternalServerErrorException = "InternalServerErrorException"

    // ErrCodeNotFoundException for service response error code
    // "NotFoundException".
    ErrCodeNotFoundException = "NotFoundException"

    // ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException for service response error code
    // "TooManyRequestsException".
    ErrCodeTooManyRequestsException = "TooManyRequestsException"
)
const (
    ServiceName = "mediaconvert" // Name of service.
    EndpointsID = ServiceName    // ID to lookup a service endpoint with.
    ServiceID   = "MediaConvert" // ServiceID is a unique identifer of a specific service.
)

Service information constants

const (
    // CommitmentOneYear is a Commitment enum value
    CommitmentOneYear = "ONE_YEAR"
)

The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment.

const (
    // Eac3AtmosBitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode enum value
    Eac3AtmosBitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
)

Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E).

const (
    // Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode916 is a Eac3AtmosCodingMode enum value
    Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode916 = "CODING_MODE_9_1_6"
)

The coding mode for Dolby Digital Plus JOC (Atmos) is always 9.1.6 (CODING_MODE_9_1_6).

type AacSettings Uses

type AacSettings struct {

    // Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio
    // + audio description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be
    // set to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster
    // mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed
    // audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD,
    // the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and FollowInputAudioType.
    // Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed audio + audio description
    // (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values you provide for AudioType
    // and FollowInputAudioType.
    AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix *string `locationName:"audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix" type:"string" enum:"AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix"`

    // Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. The set of valid values for
    // this setting is: 6000, 8000, 10000, 12000, 14000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000,
    // 32000, 40000, 48000, 56000, 64000, 80000, 96000, 112000, 128000, 160000,
    // 192000, 224000, 256000, 288000, 320000, 384000, 448000, 512000, 576000, 640000,
    // 768000, 896000, 1024000. The value you set is also constrained by the values
    // that you choose for Profile (codecProfile), Bitrate control mode (codingMode),
    // and Sample rate (sampleRate). Default values depend on Bitrate control mode
    // and Profile.
    Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"6000" type:"integer"`

    // AAC Profile.
    CodecProfile *string `locationName:"codecProfile" type:"string" enum:"AacCodecProfile"`

    // Mono (Audio Description), Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values
    // depend on rate control mode and profile. "1.0 - Audio Description (Receiver
    // Mix)" setting receives a stereo description plus control track and emits
    // a mono AAC encode of the description track, with control data emitted in
    // the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E.
    CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"AacCodingMode"`

    // Rate Control Mode.
    RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"AacRateControlMode"`

    // Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output,
    // you must choose "No container" for the output container.
    RawFormat *string `locationName:"rawFormat" type:"string" enum:"AacRawFormat"`

    // Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile.
    SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"8000" type:"integer"`

    // Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream
    // containers.
    Specification *string `locationName:"specification" type:"string" enum:"AacSpecification"`

    // VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR.
    VbrQuality *string `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"string" enum:"AacVbrQuality"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AAC. The service accepts one of two mutually exclusive groups of AAC settings--VBR and CBR. To select one of these modes, set the value of Bitrate control mode (rateControlMode) to "VBR" or "CBR". In VBR mode, you control the audio quality with the setting VBR quality (vbrQuality). In CBR mode, you use the setting Bitrate (bitrate). Defaults and valid values depend on the rate control mode.

func (AacSettings) GoString Uses

func (s AacSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AacSettings) SetAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix Uses

func (s *AacSettings) SetAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix(v string) *AacSettings

SetAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix sets the AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetBitrate Uses

func (s *AacSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *AacSettings

SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetCodecProfile Uses

func (s *AacSettings) SetCodecProfile(v string) *AacSettings

SetCodecProfile sets the CodecProfile field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetCodingMode Uses

func (s *AacSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *AacSettings

SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetRateControlMode Uses

func (s *AacSettings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *AacSettings

SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetRawFormat Uses

func (s *AacSettings) SetRawFormat(v string) *AacSettings

SetRawFormat sets the RawFormat field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetSampleRate Uses

func (s *AacSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *AacSettings

SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetSpecification Uses

func (s *AacSettings) SetSpecification(v string) *AacSettings

SetSpecification sets the Specification field's value.

func (*AacSettings) SetVbrQuality Uses

func (s *AacSettings) SetVbrQuality(v string) *AacSettings

SetVbrQuality sets the VbrQuality field's value.

func (AacSettings) String Uses

func (s AacSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AacSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *AacSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Ac3Settings Uses

type Ac3Settings struct {

    // Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid bitrates depend on
    // the coding mode.
    Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"64000" type:"integer"`

    // Specify the bitstream mode for the AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For
    // more information about the AC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex
    // E).
    BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3BitstreamMode"`

    // Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels.
    CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3CodingMode"`

    // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital,
    // dialnorm will be passed through.
    Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"`

    // If set to FILM_STANDARD, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the
    // output bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification.
    DynamicRangeCompressionProfile *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionProfile" type:"string" enum:"Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile"`

    // Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only
    // valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
    LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Ac3LfeFilter"`

    // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+,
    // or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied
    // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
    MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Ac3MetadataControl"`

    // This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
    SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"48000" type:"integer"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AC3.

func (Ac3Settings) GoString Uses

func (s Ac3Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Ac3Settings) SetBitrate Uses

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Ac3Settings

SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.

func (*Ac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode Uses

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Ac3Settings

SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value.

func (*Ac3Settings) SetCodingMode Uses

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Ac3Settings

SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.

func (*Ac3Settings) SetDialnorm Uses

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Ac3Settings

SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value.

func (*Ac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionProfile Uses

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionProfile(v string) *Ac3Settings

SetDynamicRangeCompressionProfile sets the DynamicRangeCompressionProfile field's value.

func (*Ac3Settings) SetLfeFilter Uses

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Ac3Settings

SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value.

func (*Ac3Settings) SetMetadataControl Uses

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Ac3Settings

SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value.

func (*Ac3Settings) SetSampleRate Uses

func (s *Ac3Settings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *Ac3Settings

SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.

func (Ac3Settings) String Uses

func (s Ac3Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Ac3Settings) Validate Uses

func (s *Ac3Settings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AccelerationSettings Uses

type AccelerationSettings struct {

    // Acceleration configuration for the job.
    //
    // Mode is a required field
    Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AccelerationMode"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually complex content. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing. For information about feature limitations, see the AWS Elemental MediaConvert User Guide.

func (AccelerationSettings) GoString Uses

func (s AccelerationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AccelerationSettings) SetMode Uses

func (s *AccelerationSettings) SetMode(v string) *AccelerationSettings

SetMode sets the Mode field's value.

func (AccelerationSettings) String Uses

func (s AccelerationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AccelerationSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *AccelerationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AiffSettings Uses

type AiffSettings struct {

    // Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding
    // quality for this audio track.
    BitDepth *int64 `locationName:"bitDepth" min:"16" type:"integer"`

    // Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Valid values are
    // 1 and even numbers up to 64. For example, 1, 2, 4, 6, and so on, up to 64.
    Channels *int64 `locationName:"channels" min:"1" type:"integer"`

    // Sample rate in hz.
    SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"8000" type:"integer"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AIFF.

func (AiffSettings) GoString Uses

func (s AiffSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AiffSettings) SetBitDepth Uses

func (s *AiffSettings) SetBitDepth(v int64) *AiffSettings

SetBitDepth sets the BitDepth field's value.

func (*AiffSettings) SetChannels Uses

func (s *AiffSettings) SetChannels(v int64) *AiffSettings

SetChannels sets the Channels field's value.

func (*AiffSettings) SetSampleRate Uses

func (s *AiffSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *AiffSettings

SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.

func (AiffSettings) String Uses

func (s AiffSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AiffSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *AiffSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AncillarySourceSettings Uses

type AncillarySourceSettings struct {

    // Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both
    // 608 and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes
    // the captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608
    // compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the
    // 608 data into 708.
    Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"AncillaryConvert608To708"`

    // Specifies the 608 channel number in the ancillary data track from which to
    // extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
    SourceAncillaryChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"sourceAncillaryChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

    // By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of
    // each input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable
    // this setting.
    TerminateCaptions *string `locationName:"terminateCaptions" type:"string" enum:"AncillaryTerminateCaptions"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for ancillary captions source.

func (AncillarySourceSettings) GoString Uses

func (s AncillarySourceSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AncillarySourceSettings) SetConvert608To708 Uses

func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *AncillarySourceSettings

SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value.

func (*AncillarySourceSettings) SetSourceAncillaryChannelNumber Uses

func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) SetSourceAncillaryChannelNumber(v int64) *AncillarySourceSettings

SetSourceAncillaryChannelNumber sets the SourceAncillaryChannelNumber field's value.

func (*AncillarySourceSettings) SetTerminateCaptions Uses

func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) SetTerminateCaptions(v string) *AncillarySourceSettings

SetTerminateCaptions sets the TerminateCaptions field's value.

func (AncillarySourceSettings) String Uses

func (s AncillarySourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AncillarySourceSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AssociateCertificateInput Uses

type AssociateCertificateInput struct {

    // The ARN of the ACM certificate that you want to associate with your MediaConvert
    // resource.
    //
    // Arn is a required field
    Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Associates the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate with an AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource.

func (AssociateCertificateInput) GoString Uses

func (s AssociateCertificateInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AssociateCertificateInput) SetArn Uses

func (s *AssociateCertificateInput) SetArn(v string) *AssociateCertificateInput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (AssociateCertificateInput) String Uses

func (s AssociateCertificateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AssociateCertificateInput) Validate Uses

func (s *AssociateCertificateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AssociateCertificateOutput Uses

type AssociateCertificateOutput struct {
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful association of Certificate Manager Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with Mediaconvert returns an OK message.

func (AssociateCertificateOutput) GoString Uses

func (s AssociateCertificateOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (AssociateCertificateOutput) String Uses

func (s AssociateCertificateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AudioCodecSettings Uses

type AudioCodecSettings struct {

    // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to
    // the value AAC. The service accepts one of two mutually exclusive groups of
    // AAC settings--VBR and CBR. To select one of these modes, set the value of
    // Bitrate control mode (rateControlMode) to "VBR" or "CBR". In VBR mode, you
    // control the audio quality with the setting VBR quality (vbrQuality). In CBR
    // mode, you use the setting Bitrate (bitrate). Defaults and valid values depend
    // on the rate control mode.
    AacSettings *AacSettings `locationName:"aacSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to
    // the value AC3.
    Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings `locationName:"ac3Settings" type:"structure"`

    // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to
    // the value AIFF.
    AiffSettings *AiffSettings `locationName:"aiffSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Type of Audio codec.
    Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"AudioCodec"`

    // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to
    // the value EAC3_ATMOS.
    Eac3AtmosSettings *Eac3AtmosSettings `locationName:"eac3AtmosSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to
    // the value EAC3.
    Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings `locationName:"eac3Settings" type:"structure"`

    // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to
    // the value MP2.
    Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings `locationName:"mp2Settings" type:"structure"`

    // Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to
    // the value WAV.
    WavSettings *WavSettings `locationName:"wavSettings" type:"structure"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Audio codec settings (CodecSettings) under (AudioDescriptions) contains the group of settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for Audio codec (Codec). For each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AAC, AacSettings * MP2, Mp2Settings * WAV, WavSettings * AIFF, AiffSettings * AC3, Ac3Settings * EAC3, Eac3Settings * EAC3_ATMOS, Eac3AtmosSettings

func (AudioCodecSettings) GoString Uses

func (s AudioCodecSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioCodecSettings) SetAacSettings Uses

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAacSettings(v *AacSettings) *AudioCodecSettings

SetAacSettings sets the AacSettings field's value.

func (*AudioCodecSettings) SetAc3Settings Uses

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAc3Settings(v *Ac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings

SetAc3Settings sets the Ac3Settings field's value.

func (*AudioCodecSettings) SetAiffSettings Uses

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAiffSettings(v *AiffSettings) *AudioCodecSettings

SetAiffSettings sets the AiffSettings field's value.

func (*AudioCodecSettings) SetCodec Uses

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetCodec(v string) *AudioCodecSettings

SetCodec sets the Codec field's value.

func (*AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3AtmosSettings Uses

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3AtmosSettings(v *Eac3AtmosSettings) *AudioCodecSettings

SetEac3AtmosSettings sets the Eac3AtmosSettings field's value.

func (*AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3Settings Uses

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3Settings(v *Eac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings

SetEac3Settings sets the Eac3Settings field's value.

func (*AudioCodecSettings) SetMp2Settings Uses

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetMp2Settings(v *Mp2Settings) *AudioCodecSettings

SetMp2Settings sets the Mp2Settings field's value.

func (*AudioCodecSettings) SetWavSettings Uses

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetWavSettings(v *WavSettings) *AudioCodecSettings

SetWavSettings sets the WavSettings field's value.

func (AudioCodecSettings) String Uses

func (s AudioCodecSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioCodecSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *AudioCodecSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioDescription Uses

type AudioDescription struct {

    // Advanced audio normalization settings. Ignore these settings unless you need
    // to comply with a loudness standard.
    AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings `locationName:"audioNormalizationSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Specifies which audio data to use from each input. In the simplest case,
    // specify an "Audio Selector":#inputs-audio_selector by name based on its order
    // within each input. For example if you specify "Audio Selector 3", then the
    // third audio selector will be used from each input. If an input does not have
    // an "Audio Selector 3", then the audio selector marked as "default" in that
    // input will be used. If there is no audio selector marked as "default", silence
    // will be inserted for the duration of that input. Alternatively, an "Audio
    // Selector Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group name may be specified, with
    // similar default/silence behavior. If no audio_source_name is specified, then
    // "Audio Selector 1" will be chosen automatically.
    AudioSourceName *string `locationName:"audioSourceName" type:"string"`

    // Applies only if Follow Input Audio Type is unchecked (false). A number between
    // 0 and 255. The following are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1: 0 = Undefined, 1
    // = Clean Effects, 2 = Hearing Impaired, 3 = Visually Impaired Commentary,
    // 4-255 = Reserved.
    AudioType *int64 `locationName:"audioType" type:"integer"`

    // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then
    // that value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO
    // 639 audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise
    // the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and
    // audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD.
    AudioTypeControl *string `locationName:"audioTypeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioTypeControl"`

    // Audio codec settings (CodecSettings) under (AudioDescriptions) contains the
    // group of settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary
    // depending on the value that you choose for Audio codec (Codec). For each
    // codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The
    // following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AAC, AacSettings
    // * MP2, Mp2Settings * WAV, WavSettings * AIFF, AiffSettings * AC3, Ac3Settings
    // * EAC3, Eac3Settings * EAC3_ATMOS, Eac3AtmosSettings
    CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Specify the language for this audio output track, using the ISO 639-2 or
    // ISO 639-3 three-letter language code. The language specified will be used
    // when 'Follow Input Language Code' is not selected or when 'Follow Input Language
    // Code' is selected but there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the
    // input.
    CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`

    // Indicates the language of the audio output track. The ISO 639 language specified
    // in the 'Language Code' drop down will be used when 'Follow Input Language
    // Code' is not selected or when 'Follow Input Language Code' is selected but
    // there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input.
    LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"`

    // Choosing FOLLOW_INPUT will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output
    // to follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The language specified
    // for languageCode' will be used when USE_CONFIGURED is selected or when FOLLOW_INPUT
    // is selected but there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input.
    LanguageCodeControl *string `locationName:"languageCodeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioLanguageCodeControl"`

    // Advanced audio remixing settings.
    RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Specify a label for this output audio stream. For example, "English", "Director
    // commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes this
    // information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's player
    // device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this setting.
    StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Description of audio output

func (AudioDescription) GoString Uses

func (s AudioDescription) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioDescription) SetAudioNormalizationSettings Uses

func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioNormalizationSettings(v *AudioNormalizationSettings) *AudioDescription

SetAudioNormalizationSettings sets the AudioNormalizationSettings field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetAudioSourceName Uses

func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioSourceName(v string) *AudioDescription

SetAudioSourceName sets the AudioSourceName field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetAudioType Uses

func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioType(v int64) *AudioDescription

SetAudioType sets the AudioType field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetAudioTypeControl Uses

func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioTypeControl(v string) *AudioDescription

SetAudioTypeControl sets the AudioTypeControl field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetCodecSettings Uses

func (s *AudioDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *AudioCodecSettings) *AudioDescription

SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetCustomLanguageCode Uses

func (s *AudioDescription) SetCustomLanguageCode(v string) *AudioDescription

SetCustomLanguageCode sets the CustomLanguageCode field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetLanguageCode Uses

func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioDescription

SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetLanguageCodeControl Uses

func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCodeControl(v string) *AudioDescription

SetLanguageCodeControl sets the LanguageCodeControl field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetRemixSettings Uses

func (s *AudioDescription) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioDescription

SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value.

func (*AudioDescription) SetStreamName Uses

func (s *AudioDescription) SetStreamName(v string) *AudioDescription

SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value.

func (AudioDescription) String Uses

func (s AudioDescription) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioDescription) Validate Uses

func (s *AudioDescription) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioNormalizationSettings Uses

type AudioNormalizationSettings struct {

    // Choose one of the following audio normalization algorithms: ITU-R BS.1770-1:
    // Ungated loudness. A measurement of ungated average loudness for an entire
    // piece of content, suitable for measurement of short-form content under ATSC
    // recommendation A/85. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-2:
    // Gated loudness. A measurement of gated average loudness compliant with the
    // requirements of EBU-R128. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-3:
    // Modified peak. The same loudness measurement algorithm as 1770-2, with an
    // updated true peak measurement. ITU-R BS.1770-4: Higher channel count. Allows
    // for more audio channels than the other algorithms, including configurations
    // such as 7.1.
    Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithm"`

    // When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If
    // disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted.
    AlgorithmControl *string `locationName:"algorithmControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl"`

    // Content measuring above this level will be corrected to the target level.
    // Content measuring below this level will not be corrected. Gating only applies
    // when not using real_time_correction.
    CorrectionGateLevel *int64 `locationName:"correctionGateLevel" type:"integer"`

    // If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file.
    LoudnessLogging *string `locationName:"loudnessLogging" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging"`

    // If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio
    // track loudness.
    PeakCalculation *string `locationName:"peakCalculation" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation"`

    // When you use Audio normalization (AudioNormalizationSettings), optionally
    // use this setting to specify a target loudness. If you don't specify a value
    // here, the encoder chooses a value for you, based on the algorithm that you
    // choose for Algorithm (algorithm). If you choose algorithm 1770-1, the encoder
    // will choose -24 LKFS; otherwise, the encoder will choose -23 LKFS.
    TargetLkfs *float64 `locationName:"targetLkfs" type:"double"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Advanced audio normalization settings. Ignore these settings unless you need to comply with a loudness standard.

func (AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString Uses

func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithm Uses

func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithm(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings

SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value.

func (*AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithmControl Uses

func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithmControl(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings

SetAlgorithmControl sets the AlgorithmControl field's value.

func (*AudioNormalizationSettings) SetCorrectionGateLevel Uses

func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetCorrectionGateLevel(v int64) *AudioNormalizationSettings

SetCorrectionGateLevel sets the CorrectionGateLevel field's value.

func (*AudioNormalizationSettings) SetLoudnessLogging Uses

func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetLoudnessLogging(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings

SetLoudnessLogging sets the LoudnessLogging field's value.

func (*AudioNormalizationSettings) SetPeakCalculation Uses

func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetPeakCalculation(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings

SetPeakCalculation sets the PeakCalculation field's value.

func (*AudioNormalizationSettings) SetTargetLkfs Uses

func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetTargetLkfs(v float64) *AudioNormalizationSettings

SetTargetLkfs sets the TargetLkfs field's value.

func (AudioNormalizationSettings) String Uses

func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioNormalizationSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioSelector Uses

type AudioSelector struct {

    // Selects a specific language code from within an audio source, using the ISO
    // 639-2 or ISO 639-3 three-letter language code
    CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`

    // Enable this setting on one audio selector to set it as the default for the
    // job. The service uses this default for outputs where it can't find the specified
    // input audio. If you don't set a default, those outputs have no audio.
    DefaultSelection *string `locationName:"defaultSelection" type:"string" enum:"AudioDefaultSelection"`

    // Specifies audio data from an external file source.
    ExternalAudioFileInput *string `locationName:"externalAudioFileInput" type:"string"`

    // Selects a specific language code from within an audio source.
    LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"`

    // Specifies a time delta in milliseconds to offset the audio from the input
    // video.
    Offset *int64 `locationName:"offset" type:"integer"`

    // Selects a specific PID from within an audio source (e.g. 257 selects PID
    // 0x101).
    Pids []*int64 `locationName:"pids" type:"list"`

    // Use this setting for input streams that contain Dolby E, to have the service
    // extract specific program data from the track. To select multiple programs,
    // create multiple selectors with the same Track and different Program numbers.
    // In the console, this setting is visible when you set Selector type to Track.
    // Choose the program number from the dropdown list. If you are sending a JSON
    // file, provide the program ID, which is part of the audio metadata. If your
    // input file has incorrect metadata, you can choose All channels instead of
    // a program number to have the service ignore the program IDs and include all
    // the programs in the track.
    ProgramSelection *int64 `locationName:"programSelection" type:"integer"`

    // Use these settings to reorder the audio channels of one input to match those
    // of another input. This allows you to combine the two files into a single
    // output, one after the other.
    RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Specifies the type of the audio selector.
    SelectorType *string `locationName:"selectorType" type:"string" enum:"AudioSelectorType"`

    // Identify a track from the input audio to include in this selector by entering
    // the track index number. To include several tracks in a single audio selector,
    // specify multiple tracks as follows. Using the console, enter a comma-separated
    // list. For examle, type "1,2,3" to include tracks 1 through 3. Specifying
    // directly in your JSON job file, provide the track numbers in an array. For
    // example, "tracks": [1,2,3].
    Tracks []*int64 `locationName:"tracks" type:"list"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Selector for Audio

func (AudioSelector) GoString Uses

func (s AudioSelector) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioSelector) SetCustomLanguageCode Uses

func (s *AudioSelector) SetCustomLanguageCode(v string) *AudioSelector

SetCustomLanguageCode sets the CustomLanguageCode field's value.

func (*AudioSelector) SetDefaultSelection Uses

func (s *AudioSelector) SetDefaultSelection(v string) *AudioSelector

SetDefaultSelection sets the DefaultSelection field's value.

func (*AudioSelector) SetExternalAudioFileInput Uses

func (s *AudioSelector) SetExternalAudioFileInput(v string) *AudioSelector

SetExternalAudioFileInput sets the ExternalAudioFileInput field's value.

func (*AudioSelector) SetLanguageCode Uses

func (s *AudioSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioSelector

SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.

func (*AudioSelector) SetOffset Uses

func (s *AudioSelector) SetOffset(v int64) *AudioSelector

SetOffset sets the Offset field's value.

func (*AudioSelector) SetPids Uses

func (s *AudioSelector) SetPids(v []*int64) *AudioSelector

SetPids sets the Pids field's value.

func (*AudioSelector) SetProgramSelection Uses

func (s *AudioSelector) SetProgramSelection(v int64) *AudioSelector

SetProgramSelection sets the ProgramSelection field's value.

func (*AudioSelector) SetRemixSettings Uses

func (s *AudioSelector) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioSelector

SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value.

func (*AudioSelector) SetSelectorType Uses

func (s *AudioSelector) SetSelectorType(v string) *AudioSelector

SetSelectorType sets the SelectorType field's value.

func (*AudioSelector) SetTracks Uses

func (s *AudioSelector) SetTracks(v []*int64) *AudioSelector

SetTracks sets the Tracks field's value.

func (AudioSelector) String Uses

func (s AudioSelector) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AudioSelector) Validate Uses

func (s *AudioSelector) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type AudioSelectorGroup Uses

type AudioSelectorGroup struct {

    // Name of an Audio Selector within the same input to include in the group.
    // Audio selector names are standardized, based on their order within the input
    // (e.g., "Audio Selector 1"). The audio selector name parameter can be repeated
    // to add any number of audio selectors to the group.
    AudioSelectorNames []*string `locationName:"audioSelectorNames" type:"list"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Group of Audio Selectors

func (AudioSelectorGroup) GoString Uses

func (s AudioSelectorGroup) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AudioSelectorGroup) SetAudioSelectorNames Uses

func (s *AudioSelectorGroup) SetAudioSelectorNames(v []*string) *AudioSelectorGroup

SetAudioSelectorNames sets the AudioSelectorNames field's value.

func (AudioSelectorGroup) String Uses

func (s AudioSelectorGroup) String() string

String returns the string representation

type AvailBlanking Uses

type AvailBlanking struct {

    // Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png
    // images are supported.
    AvailBlankingImage *string `locationName:"availBlankingImage" min:"14" type:"string"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for Avail Blanking

func (AvailBlanking) GoString Uses

func (s AvailBlanking) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*AvailBlanking) SetAvailBlankingImage Uses

func (s *AvailBlanking) SetAvailBlankingImage(v string) *AvailBlanking

SetAvailBlankingImage sets the AvailBlankingImage field's value.

func (AvailBlanking) String Uses

func (s AvailBlanking) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*AvailBlanking) Validate Uses

func (s *AvailBlanking) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type BurninDestinationSettings Uses

type BurninDestinationSettings struct {

    // If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to
    // centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly,
    // setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output.
    // If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter,
    // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates.
    // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or
    // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.
    // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleAlignment"`

    // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and
    // DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor"`

    // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
    // Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent).
    // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"`

    // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for
    // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
    // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
    // settings must match.
    FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleFontColor"`

    // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.All
    // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"`

    // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi.All burn-in and
    // DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"`

    // Provide the font script, using an ISO 15924 script code, if the LanguageCode
    // is not sufficient for determining the script type. Where LanguageCode or
    // CustomLanguageCode is sufficient, use "AUTOMATIC" or leave unset. This is
    // used to help determine the appropriate font for rendering burn-in captions.
    FontScript *string `locationName:"fontScript" type:"string" enum:"FontScript"`

    // A positive integer indicates the exact font size in points. Set to 0 for
    // automatic font size selection. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must
    // match.
    FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"`

    // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions
    // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already
    // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
    // must match.
    OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleOutlineColor"`

    // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source
    // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
    // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
    // settings must match.
    OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"`

    // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub
    // font settings must match.
    ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleShadowColor"`

    // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving
    // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All
    // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"`

    // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in
    // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
    // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"`

    // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
    // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All
    // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"`

    // Only applies to jobs with input captions in Teletext or STL formats. Specify
    // whether the spacing between letters in your captions is set by the captions
    // grid or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to
    // the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional
    // to make the text easier to read if the captions are closed caption.
    TeletextSpacing *string `locationName:"teletextSpacing" type:"string" enum:"BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing"`

    // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side
    // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting
    // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided,
    // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
    // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or
    // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.
    // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"`

    // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the
    // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
    // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided,
    // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option
    // is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext.
    // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All
    // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Burn-In Destination Settings.

func (BurninDestinationSettings) GoString Uses

func (s BurninDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetAlignment Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontColor Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontScript Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontScript(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetFontScript sets the FontScript field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontSize Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetTeletextSpacing Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetTeletextSpacing(v string) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetTeletextSpacing sets the TeletextSpacing field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetXPosition Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value.

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) SetYPosition Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *BurninDestinationSettings

SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value.

func (BurninDestinationSettings) String Uses

func (s BurninDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*BurninDestinationSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *BurninDestinationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CancelJobInput Uses

type CancelJobInput struct {

    // The Job ID of the job to be cancelled.
    //
    // Id is a required field
    Id *string `location:"uri" locationName:"id" type:"string" required:"true"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Cancel a job by sending a request with the job ID

func (CancelJobInput) GoString Uses

func (s CancelJobInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CancelJobInput) SetId Uses

func (s *CancelJobInput) SetId(v string) *CancelJobInput

SetId sets the Id field's value.

func (CancelJobInput) String Uses

func (s CancelJobInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CancelJobInput) Validate Uses

func (s *CancelJobInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CancelJobOutput Uses

type CancelJobOutput struct {
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A cancel job request will receive a response with an empty body.

func (CancelJobOutput) GoString Uses

func (s CancelJobOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (CancelJobOutput) String Uses

func (s CancelJobOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CaptionDescription Uses

type CaptionDescription struct {

    // Specifies which "Caption Selector":#inputs-caption_selector to use from each
    // input when generating captions. The name should be of the format "Caption
    // Selector ", which denotes that the Nth Caption Selector will be used from
    // each input.
    CaptionSelectorName *string `locationName:"captionSelectorName" min:"1" type:"string"`

    // Indicates the language of the caption output track, using the ISO 639-2 or
    // ISO 639-3 three-letter language code. For most captions output formats, the
    // encoder puts this language information in the output captions metadata. If
    // your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses this
    // language information to choose the font language for rendering the captions
    // text.
    CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`

    // Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings
    // are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext.
    DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Specify the language of this captions output track. For most captions output
    // formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
    // metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder
    // uses this language information to choose the font language for rendering
    // the captions text.
    LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"`

    // Specify a label for this set of output captions. For example, "English",
    // "Director commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert
    // passes this information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's
    // player device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this
    // setting.
    LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Description of Caption output

func (CaptionDescription) GoString Uses

func (s CaptionDescription) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CaptionDescription) SetCaptionSelectorName Uses

func (s *CaptionDescription) SetCaptionSelectorName(v string) *CaptionDescription

SetCaptionSelectorName sets the CaptionSelectorName field's value.

func (*CaptionDescription) SetCustomLanguageCode Uses

func (s *CaptionDescription) SetCustomLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescription

SetCustomLanguageCode sets the CustomLanguageCode field's value.

func (*CaptionDescription) SetDestinationSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionDescription) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescription

SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDescription) SetLanguageCode Uses

func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescription

SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.

func (*CaptionDescription) SetLanguageDescription Uses

func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescription

SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value.

func (CaptionDescription) String Uses

func (s CaptionDescription) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionDescription) Validate Uses

func (s *CaptionDescription) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CaptionDescriptionPreset Uses

type CaptionDescriptionPreset struct {

    // Indicates the language of the caption output track, using the ISO 639-2 or
    // ISO 639-3 three-letter language code. For most captions output formats, the
    // encoder puts this language information in the output captions metadata. If
    // your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses this
    // language information to choose the font language for rendering the captions
    // text.
    CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`

    // Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings
    // are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext.
    DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Specify the language of this captions output track. For most captions output
    // formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
    // metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder
    // uses this language information to choose the font language for rendering
    // the captions text.
    LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"`

    // Specify a label for this set of output captions. For example, "English",
    // "Director commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert
    // passes this information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's
    // player device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this
    // setting.
    LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Description for preset

func (CaptionDescriptionPreset) GoString Uses

func (s CaptionDescriptionPreset) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetCustomLanguageCode Uses

func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetCustomLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescriptionPreset

SetCustomLanguageCode sets the CustomLanguageCode field's value.

func (*CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetDestinationSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescriptionPreset

SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetLanguageCode Uses

func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescriptionPreset

SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.

func (*CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetLanguageDescription Uses

func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescriptionPreset

SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value.

func (CaptionDescriptionPreset) String Uses

func (s CaptionDescriptionPreset) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionDescriptionPreset) Validate Uses

func (s *CaptionDescriptionPreset) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CaptionDestinationSettings Uses

type CaptionDestinationSettings struct {

    // Burn-In Destination Settings.
    BurninDestinationSettings *BurninDestinationSettings `locationName:"burninDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Specify the format for this set of captions on this output. The default format
    // is embedded without SCTE-20. Other options are embedded with SCTE-20, burn-in,
    // DVB-sub, IMSC, SCC, SRT, teletext, TTML, and web-VTT. If you are using SCTE-20,
    // choose SCTE-20 plus embedded (SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED) to create an output that
    // complies with the SCTE-43 spec. To create a non-compliant output where the
    // embedded captions come first, choose Embedded plus SCTE-20 (EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20).
    DestinationType *string `locationName:"destinationType" type:"string" enum:"CaptionDestinationType"`

    // DVB-Sub Destination Settings
    DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings `locationName:"dvbSubDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Settings specific to embedded/ancillary caption outputs, including 608/708
    // Channel destination number.
    EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Settings specific to IMSC caption outputs.
    ImscDestinationSettings *ImscDestinationSettings `locationName:"imscDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Settings for SCC caption output.
    SccDestinationSettings *SccDestinationSettings `locationName:"sccDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Settings for Teletext caption output
    TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings `locationName:"teletextDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Settings specific to TTML caption outputs, including Pass style information
    // (TtmlStylePassthrough).
    TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings `locationName:"ttmlDestinationSettings" type:"structure"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specific settings required by destination type. Note that burnin_destination_settings are not available if the source of the caption data is Embedded or Teletext.

func (CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString Uses

func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetBurninDestinationSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetBurninDestinationSettings(v *BurninDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetBurninDestinationSettings sets the BurninDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDestinationType Uses

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDestinationType(v string) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetDestinationType sets the DestinationType field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDvbSubDestinationSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDvbSubDestinationSettings(v *DvbSubDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetDvbSubDestinationSettings sets the DvbSubDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetImscDestinationSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetImscDestinationSettings(v *ImscDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetImscDestinationSettings sets the ImscDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetSccDestinationSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetSccDestinationSettings(v *SccDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetSccDestinationSettings sets the SccDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTeletextDestinationSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTeletextDestinationSettings(v *TeletextDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetTeletextDestinationSettings sets the TeletextDestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTtmlDestinationSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTtmlDestinationSettings(v *TtmlDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings

SetTtmlDestinationSettings sets the TtmlDestinationSettings field's value.

func (CaptionDestinationSettings) String Uses

func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionDestinationSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CaptionSelector Uses

type CaptionSelector struct {

    // The specific language to extract from source, using the ISO 639-2 or ISO
    // 639-3 three-letter language code. If input is SCTE-27, complete this field
    // and/or PID to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub
    // and output is Burn-in or SMPTE-TT, complete this field and/or PID to select
    // the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is being passed
    // through, omit this field (and PID field); there is no way to extract a specific
    // language with pass-through captions.
    CustomLanguageCode *string `locationName:"customLanguageCode" min:"3" type:"string"`

    // The specific language to extract from source. If input is SCTE-27, complete
    // this field and/or PID to select the caption language to extract. If input
    // is DVB-Sub and output is Burn-in or SMPTE-TT, complete this field and/or
    // PID to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is
    // being passed through, omit this field (and PID field); there is no way to
    // extract a specific language with pass-through captions.
    LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" enum:"LanguageCode"`

    // If your input captions are SCC, TTML, STL, SMI, SRT, or IMSC in an xml file,
    // specify the URI of the input captions source file. If your input captions
    // are IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.
    SourceSettings *CaptionSourceSettings `locationName:"sourceSettings" type:"structure"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Set up captions in your outputs by first selecting them from your input here.

func (CaptionSelector) GoString Uses

func (s CaptionSelector) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CaptionSelector) SetCustomLanguageCode Uses

func (s *CaptionSelector) SetCustomLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionSelector

SetCustomLanguageCode sets the CustomLanguageCode field's value.

func (*CaptionSelector) SetLanguageCode Uses

func (s *CaptionSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionSelector

SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value.

func (*CaptionSelector) SetSourceSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionSelector) SetSourceSettings(v *CaptionSourceSettings) *CaptionSelector

SetSourceSettings sets the SourceSettings field's value.

func (CaptionSelector) String Uses

func (s CaptionSelector) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionSelector) Validate Uses

func (s *CaptionSelector) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CaptionSourceSettings Uses

type CaptionSourceSettings struct {

    // Settings for ancillary captions source.
    AncillarySourceSettings *AncillarySourceSettings `locationName:"ancillarySourceSettings" type:"structure"`

    // DVB Sub Source Settings
    DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings `locationName:"dvbSubSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Settings for embedded captions Source
    EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings `locationName:"embeddedSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

    // If your input captions are SCC, SMI, SRT, STL, TTML, or IMSC 1.1 in an xml
    // file, specify the URI of the input caption source file. If your caption source
    // is IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.
    FileSourceSettings *FileSourceSettings `locationName:"fileSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Use Source (SourceType) to identify the format of your input captions. The
    // service cannot auto-detect caption format.
    SourceType *string `locationName:"sourceType" type:"string" enum:"CaptionSourceType"`

    // Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number.
    TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings `locationName:"teletextSourceSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Settings specific to caption sources that are specified by track number.
    // Currently, this is only IMSC captions in an IMF package. If your caption
    // source is IMSC 1.1 in a separate xml file, use FileSourceSettings instead
    // of TrackSourceSettings.
    TrackSourceSettings *TrackSourceSettings `locationName:"trackSourceSettings" type:"structure"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your input captions are SCC, TTML, STL, SMI, SRT, or IMSC in an xml file, specify the URI of the input captions source file. If your input captions are IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.

func (CaptionSourceSettings) GoString Uses

func (s CaptionSourceSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CaptionSourceSettings) SetAncillarySourceSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetAncillarySourceSettings(v *AncillarySourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings

SetAncillarySourceSettings sets the AncillarySourceSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionSourceSettings) SetDvbSubSourceSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetDvbSubSourceSettings(v *DvbSubSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings

SetDvbSubSourceSettings sets the DvbSubSourceSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionSourceSettings) SetEmbeddedSourceSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetEmbeddedSourceSettings(v *EmbeddedSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings

SetEmbeddedSourceSettings sets the EmbeddedSourceSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionSourceSettings) SetFileSourceSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetFileSourceSettings(v *FileSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings

SetFileSourceSettings sets the FileSourceSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionSourceSettings) SetSourceType Uses

func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetSourceType(v string) *CaptionSourceSettings

SetSourceType sets the SourceType field's value.

func (*CaptionSourceSettings) SetTeletextSourceSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetTeletextSourceSettings(v *TeletextSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings

SetTeletextSourceSettings sets the TeletextSourceSettings field's value.

func (*CaptionSourceSettings) SetTrackSourceSettings Uses

func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) SetTrackSourceSettings(v *TrackSourceSettings) *CaptionSourceSettings

SetTrackSourceSettings sets the TrackSourceSettings field's value.

func (CaptionSourceSettings) String Uses

func (s CaptionSourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CaptionSourceSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *CaptionSourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ChannelMapping Uses

type ChannelMapping struct {

    // List of output channels
    OutputChannels []*OutputChannelMapping `locationName:"outputChannels" type:"list"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the remixing value for each channel. Units are in dB. Acceptable values are within the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification).

func (ChannelMapping) GoString Uses

func (s ChannelMapping) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ChannelMapping) SetOutputChannels Uses

func (s *ChannelMapping) SetOutputChannels(v []*OutputChannelMapping) *ChannelMapping

SetOutputChannels sets the OutputChannels field's value.

func (ChannelMapping) String Uses

func (s ChannelMapping) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CmafEncryptionSettings Uses

type CmafEncryptionSettings struct {

    // This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string.
    // If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the
    // segment number by default.
    ConstantInitializationVector *string `locationName:"constantInitializationVector" min:"32" type:"string"`

    // Specify the encryption scheme that you want the service to use when encrypting
    // your CMAF segments. Choose AES-CBC subsample (SAMPLE-AES) or AES_CTR (AES-CTR).
    EncryptionMethod *string `locationName:"encryptionMethod" type:"string" enum:"CmafEncryptionType"`

    // When you use DRM with CMAF outputs, choose whether the service writes the
    // 128-bit encryption initialization vector in the HLS and DASH manifests.
    InitializationVectorInManifest *string `locationName:"initializationVectorInManifest" type:"string" enum:"CmafInitializationVectorInManifest"`

    // If your output group type is CMAF, use these settings when doing DRM encryption
    // with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is HLS, DASH,
    // or Microsoft Smooth, use the SpekeKeyProvider settings instead.
    SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"`

    // Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.
    StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider `locationName:"staticKeyProvider" type:"structure"`

    // Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider
    // that follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.
    Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"CmafKeyProviderType"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for CMAF encryption

func (CmafEncryptionSettings) GoString Uses

func (s CmafEncryptionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CmafEncryptionSettings) SetConstantInitializationVector Uses

func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) SetConstantInitializationVector(v string) *CmafEncryptionSettings

SetConstantInitializationVector sets the ConstantInitializationVector field's value.

func (*CmafEncryptionSettings) SetEncryptionMethod Uses

func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) SetEncryptionMethod(v string) *CmafEncryptionSettings

SetEncryptionMethod sets the EncryptionMethod field's value.

func (*CmafEncryptionSettings) SetInitializationVectorInManifest Uses

func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) SetInitializationVectorInManifest(v string) *CmafEncryptionSettings

SetInitializationVectorInManifest sets the InitializationVectorInManifest field's value.

func (*CmafEncryptionSettings) SetSpekeKeyProvider Uses

func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf) *CmafEncryptionSettings

SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value.

func (*CmafEncryptionSettings) SetStaticKeyProvider Uses

func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) SetStaticKeyProvider(v *StaticKeyProvider) *CmafEncryptionSettings

SetStaticKeyProvider sets the StaticKeyProvider field's value.

func (*CmafEncryptionSettings) SetType Uses

func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) SetType(v string) *CmafEncryptionSettings

SetType sets the Type field's value.

func (CmafEncryptionSettings) String Uses

func (s CmafEncryptionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CmafEncryptionSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *CmafEncryptionSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CmafGroupSettings Uses

type CmafGroupSettings struct {

    // A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest file at the top level
    // BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different URL
    // than the manifest file.
    BaseUrl *string `locationName:"baseUrl" type:"string"`

    // When set to ENABLED, sets #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag, which prevents client
    // from saving media segments for later replay.
    ClientCache *string `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"CmafClientCache"`

    // Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
    // generation.
    CodecSpecification *string `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"CmafCodecSpecification"`

    // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
    // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify
    // the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input
    // file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the
    // first input file.
    Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"`

    // Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
    // destination
    DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

    // DRM settings.
    Encryption *CmafEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"`

    // Length of fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be compatible
    // with GOP size and Framerate. Note that fragments will end on the next keyframe
    // after this number of seconds, so actual fragment length may be longer. When
    // Emit Single File is checked, the fragmentation is internal to a single output
    // file and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in other
    // output types.
    FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

    // When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.
    ManifestCompression *string `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"CmafManifestCompression"`

    // Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for
    // segment duration.
    ManifestDurationFormat *string `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"CmafManifestDurationFormat"`

    // Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth
    // playout.
    MinBufferTime *int64 `locationName:"minBufferTime" type:"integer"`

    // Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting
    // a problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you
    // know that player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because
    // the length of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify
    // a minimum final segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater
    // than or equal to 1 and less than your segment length. When you specify a
    // value for this setting, the encoder will combine any final segment that is
    // shorter than the length that you specify with the previous segment. For example,
    // your segment length is 3 seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without
    // a minimum final segment length; when you set the minimum final segment length
    // to 1, your final segment is 3.5 seconds.
    MinFinalSegmentLength *float64 `locationName:"minFinalSegmentLength" type:"double"`

    // When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally
    // segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES,
    // separate segment files will be created.
    SegmentControl *string `locationName:"segmentControl" type:"string" enum:"CmafSegmentControl"`

    // Use this setting to specify the length, in seconds, of each individual CMAF
    // segment. This value applies to the whole package; that is, to every output
    // in the output group. Note that segments end on the first keyframe after this
    // number of seconds, so the actual segment length might be slightly longer.
    // If you set Segment control (CmafSegmentControl) to single file, the service
    // puts the content of each output in a single file that has metadata that marks
    // these segments. If you set it to segmented files, the service creates multiple
    // files for each output, each with the content of one segment.
    SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

    // Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag
    // of variant manifest.
    StreamInfResolution *string `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"CmafStreamInfResolution"`

    // When set to ENABLED, a DASH MPD manifest will be generated for this output.
    WriteDashManifest *string `locationName:"writeDashManifest" type:"string" enum:"CmafWriteDASHManifest"`

    // When set to ENABLED, an Apple HLS manifest will be generated for this output.
    WriteHlsManifest *string `locationName:"writeHlsManifest" type:"string" enum:"CmafWriteHLSManifest"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS. Each output in a CMAF Output Group may only contain a single video, audio, or caption output.

func (CmafGroupSettings) GoString Uses

func (s CmafGroupSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetBaseUrl Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetBaseUrl(v string) *CmafGroupSettings

SetBaseUrl sets the BaseUrl field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetClientCache Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetClientCache(v string) *CmafGroupSettings

SetClientCache sets the ClientCache field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetCodecSpecification Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetCodecSpecification(v string) *CmafGroupSettings

SetCodecSpecification sets the CodecSpecification field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetDestination Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *CmafGroupSettings

SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetDestinationSettings Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetDestinationSettings(v *DestinationSettings) *CmafGroupSettings

SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetEncryption Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetEncryption(v *CmafEncryptionSettings) *CmafGroupSettings

SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *CmafGroupSettings

SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetManifestCompression Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetManifestCompression(v string) *CmafGroupSettings

SetManifestCompression sets the ManifestCompression field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetManifestDurationFormat Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetManifestDurationFormat(v string) *CmafGroupSettings

SetManifestDurationFormat sets the ManifestDurationFormat field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetMinBufferTime Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetMinBufferTime(v int64) *CmafGroupSettings

SetMinBufferTime sets the MinBufferTime field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetMinFinalSegmentLength Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetMinFinalSegmentLength(v float64) *CmafGroupSettings

SetMinFinalSegmentLength sets the MinFinalSegmentLength field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetSegmentControl Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetSegmentControl(v string) *CmafGroupSettings

SetSegmentControl sets the SegmentControl field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *CmafGroupSettings

SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetStreamInfResolution Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetStreamInfResolution(v string) *CmafGroupSettings

SetStreamInfResolution sets the StreamInfResolution field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetWriteDashManifest Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetWriteDashManifest(v string) *CmafGroupSettings

SetWriteDashManifest sets the WriteDashManifest field's value.

func (*CmafGroupSettings) SetWriteHlsManifest Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) SetWriteHlsManifest(v string) *CmafGroupSettings

SetWriteHlsManifest sets the WriteHlsManifest field's value.

func (CmafGroupSettings) String Uses

func (s CmafGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CmafGroupSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *CmafGroupSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ColorCorrector Uses

type ColorCorrector struct {

    // Brightness level.
    Brightness *int64 `locationName:"brightness" min:"1" type:"integer"`

    // Specify the color space you want for this output. The service supports conversion
    // between HDR formats, between SDR formats, and from SDR to HDR. The service
    // doesn't support conversion from HDR to SDR. SDR to HDR conversion doesn't
    // upgrade the dynamic range. The converted video has an HDR format, but visually
    // appears the same as an unconverted output.
    ColorSpaceConversion *string `locationName:"colorSpaceConversion" type:"string" enum:"ColorSpaceConversion"`

    // Contrast level.
    Contrast *int64 `locationName:"contrast" min:"1" type:"integer"`

    // Use these settings when you convert to the HDR 10 color space. Specify the
    // SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering Display Color Volume static metadata that you want
    // signaled in the output. These values don't affect the pixel values that are
    // encoded in the video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video
    // player display content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content
    // creator. When you set Color space conversion (ColorSpaceConversion) to HDR
    // 10 (FORCE_HDR10), these settings are required. You must set values for Max
    // frame average light level (maxFrameAverageLightLevel) and Max content light
    // level (maxContentLightLevel); these settings don't have a default value.
    // The default values for the other HDR 10 metadata settings are defined by
    // the P3D65 color space. For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs,
    // see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
    Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata `locationName:"hdr10Metadata" type:"structure"`

    // Hue in degrees.
    Hue *int64 `locationName:"hue" type:"integer"`

    // Saturation level.
    Saturation *int64 `locationName:"saturation" min:"1" type:"integer"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for color correction.

func (ColorCorrector) GoString Uses

func (s ColorCorrector) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ColorCorrector) SetBrightness Uses

func (s *ColorCorrector) SetBrightness(v int64) *ColorCorrector

SetBrightness sets the Brightness field's value.

func (*ColorCorrector) SetColorSpaceConversion Uses

func (s *ColorCorrector) SetColorSpaceConversion(v string) *ColorCorrector

SetColorSpaceConversion sets the ColorSpaceConversion field's value.

func (*ColorCorrector) SetContrast Uses

func (s *ColorCorrector) SetContrast(v int64) *ColorCorrector

SetContrast sets the Contrast field's value.

func (*ColorCorrector) SetHdr10Metadata Uses

func (s *ColorCorrector) SetHdr10Metadata(v *Hdr10Metadata) *ColorCorrector

SetHdr10Metadata sets the Hdr10Metadata field's value.

func (*ColorCorrector) SetHue Uses

func (s *ColorCorrector) SetHue(v int64) *ColorCorrector

SetHue sets the Hue field's value.

func (*ColorCorrector) SetSaturation Uses

func (s *ColorCorrector) SetSaturation(v int64) *ColorCorrector

SetSaturation sets the Saturation field's value.

func (ColorCorrector) String Uses

func (s ColorCorrector) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ColorCorrector) Validate Uses

func (s *ColorCorrector) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type ContainerSettings Uses

type ContainerSettings struct {

    // Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object.
    // If not specified, the default object will be created.
    Container *string `locationName:"container" type:"string" enum:"ContainerType"`

    // Settings for F4v container
    F4vSettings *F4vSettings `locationName:"f4vSettings" type:"structure"`

    // MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group
    // when the output's container (ContainerType) is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS).
    // In these assets, data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport
    // stream program contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata.
    // Each of these subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier
    // (PID). Each transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output.
    // The PMT lists the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream
    // systems and players use the program map table to look up the PID for each
    // type of data it accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within
    // the asset.
    M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Settings for TS segments in HLS
    M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings `locationName:"m3u8Settings" type:"structure"`

    // Settings for MOV Container.
    MovSettings *MovSettings `locationName:"movSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Settings for MP4 container. You can create audio-only AAC outputs with this
    // container.
    Mp4Settings *Mp4Settings `locationName:"mp4Settings" type:"structure"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container specific settings.

func (ContainerSettings) GoString Uses

func (s ContainerSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*ContainerSettings) SetContainer Uses

func (s *ContainerSettings) SetContainer(v string) *ContainerSettings

SetContainer sets the Container field's value.

func (*ContainerSettings) SetF4vSettings Uses

func (s *ContainerSettings) SetF4vSettings(v *F4vSettings) *ContainerSettings

SetF4vSettings sets the F4vSettings field's value.

func (*ContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings Uses

func (s *ContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *ContainerSettings

SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value.

func (*ContainerSettings) SetM3u8Settings Uses

func (s *ContainerSettings) SetM3u8Settings(v *M3u8Settings) *ContainerSettings

SetM3u8Settings sets the M3u8Settings field's value.

func (*ContainerSettings) SetMovSettings Uses

func (s *ContainerSettings) SetMovSettings(v *MovSettings) *ContainerSettings

SetMovSettings sets the MovSettings field's value.

func (*ContainerSettings) SetMp4Settings Uses

func (s *ContainerSettings) SetMp4Settings(v *Mp4Settings) *ContainerSettings

SetMp4Settings sets the Mp4Settings field's value.

func (ContainerSettings) String Uses

func (s ContainerSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*ContainerSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *ContainerSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateJobInput Uses

type CreateJobInput struct {

    // Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
    // complex content. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing. For
    // information about feature limitations, see the AWS Elemental MediaConvert
    // User Guide.
    AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings `locationName:"accelerationSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Optional. Choose a tag type that AWS Billing and Cost Management will use
    // to sort your AWS Elemental MediaConvert costs on any billing report that
    // you set up. Any transcoding outputs that don't have an associated tag will
    // appear in your billing report unsorted. If you don't choose a valid value
    // for this field, your job outputs will appear on the billing report unsorted.
    BillingTagsSource *string `locationName:"billingTagsSource" type:"string" enum:"BillingTagsSource"`

    // Idempotency token for CreateJob operation.
    ClientRequestToken *string `locationName:"clientRequestToken" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"`

    // When you create a job, you can either specify a job template or specify the
    // transcoding settings individually
    JobTemplate *string `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"string"`

    // Specify the relative priority for this job. In any given queue, the service
    // begins processing the job with the highest value first. When more than one
    // job has the same priority, the service begins processing the job that you
    // submitted first. If you don't specify a priority, the service uses the default
    // value 0.
    Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"`

    // Optional. When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If
    // you don't specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues,
    // see the User Guide topic at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html.
    Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

    // Required. The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions,
    // see the User Guide topic at the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html.
    //
    // Role is a required field
    Role *string `locationName:"role" type:"string" required:"true"`

    // JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job.
    //
    // Settings is a required field
    Settings *JobSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

    // Enable this setting when you run a test job to estimate how many reserved
    // transcoding slots (RTS) you need. When this is enabled, MediaConvert runs
    // your job from an on-demand queue with similar performance to what you will
    // see with one RTS in a reserved queue. This setting is disabled by default.
    SimulateReservedQueue *string `locationName:"simulateReservedQueue" type:"string" enum:"SimulateReservedQueue"`

    // Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
    // Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert
    // sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing
    // your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
    StatusUpdateInterval *string `locationName:"statusUpdateInterval" type:"string" enum:"StatusUpdateInterval"`

    // User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert job.
    // You specify metadata in key/value pairs.
    UserMetadata map[string]*string `locationName:"userMetadata" type:"map"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Send your create job request with your job settings and IAM role. Optionally, include user metadata and the ARN for the queue.

func (CreateJobInput) GoString Uses

func (s CreateJobInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateJobInput) SetAccelerationSettings Uses

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetAccelerationSettings(v *AccelerationSettings) *CreateJobInput

SetAccelerationSettings sets the AccelerationSettings field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetBillingTagsSource Uses

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetBillingTagsSource(v string) *CreateJobInput

SetBillingTagsSource sets the BillingTagsSource field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetClientRequestToken Uses

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetClientRequestToken(v string) *CreateJobInput

SetClientRequestToken sets the ClientRequestToken field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetJobTemplate Uses

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetJobTemplate(v string) *CreateJobInput

SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetPriority Uses

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetPriority(v int64) *CreateJobInput

SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetQueue Uses

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetQueue(v string) *CreateJobInput

SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetRole Uses

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetRole(v string) *CreateJobInput

SetRole sets the Role field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetSettings Uses

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetSettings(v *JobSettings) *CreateJobInput

SetSettings sets the Settings field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetSimulateReservedQueue Uses

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetSimulateReservedQueue(v string) *CreateJobInput

SetSimulateReservedQueue sets the SimulateReservedQueue field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetStatusUpdateInterval Uses

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetStatusUpdateInterval(v string) *CreateJobInput

SetStatusUpdateInterval sets the StatusUpdateInterval field's value.

func (*CreateJobInput) SetUserMetadata Uses

func (s *CreateJobInput) SetUserMetadata(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobInput

SetUserMetadata sets the UserMetadata field's value.

func (CreateJobInput) String Uses

func (s CreateJobInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateJobInput) Validate Uses

func (s *CreateJobInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateJobOutput Uses

type CreateJobOutput struct {

    // Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information,
    // see the User Guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
    Job *Job `locationName:"job" type:"structure"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful create job requests will return the job JSON.

func (CreateJobOutput) GoString Uses

func (s CreateJobOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateJobOutput) SetJob Uses

func (s *CreateJobOutput) SetJob(v *Job) *CreateJobOutput

SetJob sets the Job field's value.

func (CreateJobOutput) String Uses

func (s CreateJobOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateJobTemplateInput Uses

type CreateJobTemplateInput struct {

    // Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
    // complex content. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing. For
    // information about feature limitations, see the AWS Elemental MediaConvert
    // User Guide.
    AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings `locationName:"accelerationSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Optional. A category for the job template you are creating
    Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`

    // Optional. A description of the job template you are creating.
    Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

    // The name of the job template you are creating.
    //
    // Name is a required field
    Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

    // Specify the relative priority for this job. In any given queue, the service
    // begins processing the job with the highest value first. When more than one
    // job has the same priority, the service begins processing the job that you
    // submitted first. If you don't specify a priority, the service uses the default
    // value 0.
    Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"`

    // Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to.
    // If you don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue.
    Queue *string `locationName:"queue" type:"string"`

    // JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template
    // that will be applied to jobs created from it.
    //
    // Settings is a required field
    Settings *JobTemplateSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

    // Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
    // Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert
    // sends an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing
    // your job to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
    StatusUpdateInterval *string `locationName:"statusUpdateInterval" type:"string" enum:"StatusUpdateInterval"`

    // The tags that you want to add to the resource. You can tag resources with
    // a key-value pair or with only a key.
    Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Send your create job template request with the name of the template and the JSON for the template. The template JSON should include everything in a valid job, except for input location and filename, IAM role, and user metadata.

func (CreateJobTemplateInput) GoString Uses

func (s CreateJobTemplateInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateJobTemplateInput) SetAccelerationSettings Uses

func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetAccelerationSettings(v *AccelerationSettings) *CreateJobTemplateInput

SetAccelerationSettings sets the AccelerationSettings field's value.

func (*CreateJobTemplateInput) SetCategory Uses

func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetCategory(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput

SetCategory sets the Category field's value.

func (*CreateJobTemplateInput) SetDescription Uses

func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateJobTemplateInput) SetName Uses

func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CreateJobTemplateInput) SetPriority Uses

func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetPriority(v int64) *CreateJobTemplateInput

SetPriority sets the Priority field's value.

func (*CreateJobTemplateInput) SetQueue Uses

func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetQueue(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput

SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.

func (*CreateJobTemplateInput) SetSettings Uses

func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetSettings(v *JobTemplateSettings) *CreateJobTemplateInput

SetSettings sets the Settings field's value.

func (*CreateJobTemplateInput) SetStatusUpdateInterval Uses

func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetStatusUpdateInterval(v string) *CreateJobTemplateInput

SetStatusUpdateInterval sets the StatusUpdateInterval field's value.

func (*CreateJobTemplateInput) SetTags Uses

func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateJobTemplateInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateJobTemplateInput) String Uses

func (s CreateJobTemplateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateJobTemplateInput) Validate Uses

func (s *CreateJobTemplateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateJobTemplateOutput Uses

type CreateJobTemplateOutput struct {

    // A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use
    // to quickly create a job.
    JobTemplate *JobTemplate `locationName:"jobTemplate" type:"structure"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful create job template requests will return the template JSON.

func (CreateJobTemplateOutput) GoString Uses

func (s CreateJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateJobTemplateOutput) SetJobTemplate Uses

func (s *CreateJobTemplateOutput) SetJobTemplate(v *JobTemplate) *CreateJobTemplateOutput

SetJobTemplate sets the JobTemplate field's value.

func (CreateJobTemplateOutput) String Uses

func (s CreateJobTemplateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreatePresetInput Uses

type CreatePresetInput struct {

    // Optional. A category for the preset you are creating.
    Category *string `locationName:"category" type:"string"`

    // Optional. A description of the preset you are creating.
    Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

    // The name of the preset you are creating.
    //
    // Name is a required field
    Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

    // Settings for preset
    //
    // Settings is a required field
    Settings *PresetSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"structure" required:"true"`

    // The tags that you want to add to the resource. You can tag resources with
    // a key-value pair or with only a key.
    Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Send your create preset request with the name of the preset and the JSON for the output settings specified by the preset.

func (CreatePresetInput) GoString Uses

func (s CreatePresetInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreatePresetInput) SetCategory Uses

func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetCategory(v string) *CreatePresetInput

SetCategory sets the Category field's value.

func (*CreatePresetInput) SetDescription Uses

func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreatePresetInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreatePresetInput) SetName Uses

func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetName(v string) *CreatePresetInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CreatePresetInput) SetSettings Uses

func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetSettings(v *PresetSettings) *CreatePresetInput

SetSettings sets the Settings field's value.

func (*CreatePresetInput) SetTags Uses

func (s *CreatePresetInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreatePresetInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreatePresetInput) String Uses

func (s CreatePresetInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreatePresetInput) Validate Uses

func (s *CreatePresetInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreatePresetOutput Uses

type CreatePresetOutput struct {

    // A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that
    // you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process.
    Preset *Preset `locationName:"preset" type:"structure"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful create preset requests will return the preset JSON.

func (CreatePresetOutput) GoString Uses

func (s CreatePresetOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreatePresetOutput) SetPreset Uses

func (s *CreatePresetOutput) SetPreset(v *Preset) *CreatePresetOutput

SetPreset sets the Preset field's value.

func (CreatePresetOutput) String Uses

func (s CreatePresetOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type CreateQueueInput Uses

type CreateQueueInput struct {

    // Optional. A description of the queue that you are creating.
    Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"`

    // The name of the queue that you are creating.
    //
    // Name is a required field
    Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`

    // Specifies whether the pricing plan for the queue is on-demand or reserved.
    // For on-demand, you pay per minute, billed in increments of .01 minute. For
    // reserved, you pay for the transcoding capacity of the entire queue, regardless
    // of how much or how little you use it. Reserved pricing requires a 12-month
    // commitment. When you use the API to create a queue, the default is on-demand.
    PricingPlan *string `locationName:"pricingPlan" type:"string" enum:"PricingPlan"`

    // Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved
    // queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.
    ReservationPlanSettings *ReservationPlanSettings `locationName:"reservationPlanSettings" type:"structure"`

    // Initial state of the queue. If you create a paused queue, then jobs in that
    // queue won't begin.
    Status *string `locationName:"status" type:"string" enum:"QueueStatus"`

    // The tags that you want to add to the resource. You can tag resources with
    // a key-value pair or with only a key.
    Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Create an on-demand queue by sending a CreateQueue request with the name of the queue. Create a reserved queue by sending a CreateQueue request with the pricing plan set to RESERVED and with values specified for the settings under reservationPlanSettings. When you create a reserved queue, you enter into a 12-month commitment to purchase the RTS that you specify. You can't cancel this commitment.

func (CreateQueueInput) GoString Uses

func (s CreateQueueInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateQueueInput) SetDescription Uses

func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetDescription(v string) *CreateQueueInput

SetDescription sets the Description field's value.

func (*CreateQueueInput) SetName Uses

func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetName(v string) *CreateQueueInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (*CreateQueueInput) SetPricingPlan Uses

func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetPricingPlan(v string) *CreateQueueInput

SetPricingPlan sets the PricingPlan field's value.

func (*CreateQueueInput) SetReservationPlanSettings Uses

func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetReservationPlanSettings(v *ReservationPlanSettings) *CreateQueueInput

SetReservationPlanSettings sets the ReservationPlanSettings field's value.

func (*CreateQueueInput) SetStatus Uses

func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetStatus(v string) *CreateQueueInput

SetStatus sets the Status field's value.

func (*CreateQueueInput) SetTags Uses

func (s *CreateQueueInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateQueueInput

SetTags sets the Tags field's value.

func (CreateQueueInput) String Uses

func (s CreateQueueInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*CreateQueueInput) Validate Uses

func (s *CreateQueueInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type CreateQueueOutput Uses

type CreateQueueOutput struct {

    // You can use queues to manage the resources that are available to your AWS
    // account for running multiple transcoding jobs at the same time. If you don't
    // specify a queue, the service sends all jobs through the default queue. For
    // more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html.
    Queue *Queue `locationName:"queue" type:"structure"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful create queue requests return the name of the queue that you just created and information about it.

func (CreateQueueOutput) GoString Uses

func (s CreateQueueOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*CreateQueueOutput) SetQueue Uses

func (s *CreateQueueOutput) SetQueue(v *Queue) *CreateQueueOutput

SetQueue sets the Queue field's value.

func (CreateQueueOutput) String Uses

func (s CreateQueueOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DashIsoEncryptionSettings Uses

type DashIsoEncryptionSettings struct {

    // This setting can improve the compatibility of your output with video players
    // on obsolete devices. It applies only to DASH H.264 outputs with DRM encryption.
    // Choose Unencrypted SEI (UNENCRYPTED_SEI) only to correct problems with playback
    // on older devices. Otherwise, keep the default setting CENC v1 (CENC_V1).
    // If you choose Unencrypted SEI, for that output, the service will exclude
    // the access unit delimiter and will leave the SEI NAL units unencrypted.
    PlaybackDeviceCompatibility *string `locationName:"playbackDeviceCompatibility" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility"`

    // If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
    // when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
    // group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
    SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider `locationName:"spekeKeyProvider" type:"structure"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies DRM settings for DASH outputs.

func (DashIsoEncryptionSettings) GoString Uses

func (s DashIsoEncryptionSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DashIsoEncryptionSettings) SetPlaybackDeviceCompatibility Uses

func (s *DashIsoEncryptionSettings) SetPlaybackDeviceCompatibility(v string) *DashIsoEncryptionSettings

SetPlaybackDeviceCompatibility sets the PlaybackDeviceCompatibility field's value.

func (*DashIsoEncryptionSettings) SetSpekeKeyProvider Uses

func (s *DashIsoEncryptionSettings) SetSpekeKeyProvider(v *SpekeKeyProvider) *DashIsoEncryptionSettings

SetSpekeKeyProvider sets the SpekeKeyProvider field's value.

func (DashIsoEncryptionSettings) String Uses

func (s DashIsoEncryptionSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DashIsoGroupSettings Uses

type DashIsoGroupSettings struct {

    // A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest (.mpd) file at the
    // top level BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different
    // URL than the manifest file.
    BaseUrl *string `locationName:"baseUrl" type:"string"`

    // Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
    // filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify
    // the base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input
    // file. If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the
    // first input file.
    Destination *string `locationName:"destination" type:"string"`

    // Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
    // destination
    DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"`

    // DRM settings.
    Encryption *DashIsoEncryptionSettings `locationName:"encryption" type:"structure"`

    // Length of fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be compatible
    // with GOP size and Framerate. Note that fragments will end on the next keyframe
    // after this number of seconds, so actual fragment length may be longer. When
    // Emit Single File is checked, the fragmentation is internal to a single output
    // file and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in other
    // output types.
    FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

    // Supports HbbTV specification as indicated
    HbbtvCompliance *string `locationName:"hbbtvCompliance" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoHbbtvCompliance"`

    // Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth
    // playout.
    MinBufferTime *int64 `locationName:"minBufferTime" type:"integer"`

    // When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally
    // segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to SEGMENTED_FILES,
    // separate segment files will be created.
    SegmentControl *string `locationName:"segmentControl" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoSegmentControl"`

    // Length of mpd segments to create (in seconds). Note that segments will end
    // on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual segment length
    // may be longer. When Emit Single File is checked, the segmentation is internal
    // to a single output file and it does not cause the creation of many output
    // files as in other output types.
    SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"`

    // When you enable Precise segment duration in manifests (writeSegmentTimelineInRepresentation),
    // your DASH manifest shows precise segment durations. The segment duration
    // information appears inside the SegmentTimeline element, inside SegmentTemplate
    // at the Representation level. When this feature isn't enabled, the segment
    // durations in your DASH manifest are approximate. The segment duration information
    // appears in the duration attribute of the SegmentTemplate element.
    WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation *string `locationName:"writeSegmentTimelineInRepresentation" type:"string" enum:"DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Type) under (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings) to DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS.

func (DashIsoGroupSettings) GoString Uses

func (s DashIsoGroupSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DashIsoGroupSettings) SetBaseUrl Uses

func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetBaseUrl(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings

SetBaseUrl sets the BaseUrl field's value.

func (*DashIsoGroupSettings) SetDestination Uses

func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetDestination(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings

SetDestination sets the Destination field's value.

func (*DashIsoGroupSettings) SetDestinationSettings Uses

func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetDestinationSettings(v *DestinationSettings) *DashIsoGroupSettings

SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value.

func (*DashIsoGroupSettings) SetEncryption Uses

func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetEncryption(v *DashIsoEncryptionSettings) *DashIsoGroupSettings

SetEncryption sets the Encryption field's value.

func (*DashIsoGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength Uses

func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *DashIsoGroupSettings

SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value.

func (*DashIsoGroupSettings) SetHbbtvCompliance Uses

func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetHbbtvCompliance(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings

SetHbbtvCompliance sets the HbbtvCompliance field's value.

func (*DashIsoGroupSettings) SetMinBufferTime Uses

func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetMinBufferTime(v int64) *DashIsoGroupSettings

SetMinBufferTime sets the MinBufferTime field's value.

func (*DashIsoGroupSettings) SetSegmentControl Uses

func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetSegmentControl(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings

SetSegmentControl sets the SegmentControl field's value.

func (*DashIsoGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength Uses

func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *DashIsoGroupSettings

SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value.

func (*DashIsoGroupSettings) SetWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation Uses

func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) SetWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation(v string) *DashIsoGroupSettings

SetWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation sets the WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation field's value.

func (DashIsoGroupSettings) String Uses

func (s DashIsoGroupSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DashIsoGroupSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *DashIsoGroupSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Deinterlacer Uses

type Deinterlacer struct {

    // Only applies when you set Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to Deinterlace (DEINTERLACE)
    // or Adaptive (ADAPTIVE). Motion adaptive interpolate (INTERPOLATE) produces
    // sharper pictures, while blend (BLEND) produces smoother motion. Use (INTERPOLATE_TICKER)
    // OR (BLEND_TICKER) if your source file includes a ticker, such as a scrolling
    // headline at the bottom of the frame.
    Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"DeinterlaceAlgorithm"`

    // - When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames
    // that are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that
    // are tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer
    // converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged
    // as progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the
    // metadata has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive.
    // Do not turn on otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive
    // into progressive will probably result in lower quality video.
    Control *string `locationName:"control" type:"string" enum:"DeinterlacerControl"`

    // Use Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to choose how the service will do deinterlacing.
    // Default is Deinterlace. - Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive.
    // - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p.
    // - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive.
    Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"DeinterlacerMode"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for deinterlacer

func (Deinterlacer) GoString Uses

func (s Deinterlacer) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Deinterlacer) SetAlgorithm Uses

func (s *Deinterlacer) SetAlgorithm(v string) *Deinterlacer

SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value.

func (*Deinterlacer) SetControl Uses

func (s *Deinterlacer) SetControl(v string) *Deinterlacer

SetControl sets the Control field's value.

func (*Deinterlacer) SetMode Uses

func (s *Deinterlacer) SetMode(v string) *Deinterlacer

SetMode sets the Mode field's value.

func (Deinterlacer) String Uses

func (s Deinterlacer) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteJobTemplateInput Uses

type DeleteJobTemplateInput struct {

    // The name of the job template to be deleted.
    //
    // Name is a required field
    Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Delete a job template by sending a request with the job template name

func (DeleteJobTemplateInput) GoString Uses

func (s DeleteJobTemplateInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteJobTemplateInput) SetName Uses

func (s *DeleteJobTemplateInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteJobTemplateInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (DeleteJobTemplateInput) String Uses

func (s DeleteJobTemplateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteJobTemplateInput) Validate Uses

func (s *DeleteJobTemplateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteJobTemplateOutput Uses

type DeleteJobTemplateOutput struct {
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Delete job template requests will return an OK message or error message with an empty body.

func (DeleteJobTemplateOutput) GoString Uses

func (s DeleteJobTemplateOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteJobTemplateOutput) String Uses

func (s DeleteJobTemplateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeletePresetInput Uses

type DeletePresetInput struct {

    // The name of the preset to be deleted.
    //
    // Name is a required field
    Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Delete a preset by sending a request with the preset name

func (DeletePresetInput) GoString Uses

func (s DeletePresetInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeletePresetInput) SetName Uses

func (s *DeletePresetInput) SetName(v string) *DeletePresetInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (DeletePresetInput) String Uses

func (s DeletePresetInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeletePresetInput) Validate Uses

func (s *DeletePresetInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeletePresetOutput Uses

type DeletePresetOutput struct {
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Delete preset requests will return an OK message or error message with an empty body.

func (DeletePresetOutput) GoString Uses

func (s DeletePresetOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeletePresetOutput) String Uses

func (s DeletePresetOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DeleteQueueInput Uses

type DeleteQueueInput struct {

    // The name of the queue that you want to delete.
    //
    // Name is a required field
    Name *string `location:"uri" locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Delete a queue by sending a request with the queue name. You can't delete a queue with an active pricing plan or one that has unprocessed jobs in it.

func (DeleteQueueInput) GoString Uses

func (s DeleteQueueInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DeleteQueueInput) SetName Uses

func (s *DeleteQueueInput) SetName(v string) *DeleteQueueInput

SetName sets the Name field's value.

func (DeleteQueueInput) String Uses

func (s DeleteQueueInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DeleteQueueInput) Validate Uses

func (s *DeleteQueueInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DeleteQueueOutput Uses

type DeleteQueueOutput struct {
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Delete queue requests return an OK message or error message with an empty body.

func (DeleteQueueOutput) GoString Uses

func (s DeleteQueueOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DeleteQueueOutput) String Uses

func (s DeleteQueueOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEndpointsInput Uses

type DescribeEndpointsInput struct {

    // Optional. Max number of endpoints, up to twenty, that will be returned at
    // one time.
    MaxResults *int64 `locationName:"maxResults" type:"integer"`

    // Optional field, defaults to DEFAULT. Specify DEFAULT for this operation to
    // return your endpoints if any exist, or to create an endpoint for you and
    // return it if one doesn't already exist. Specify GET_ONLY to return your endpoints
    // if any exist, or an empty list if none exist.
    Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"DescribeEndpointsMode"`

    // Use this string, provided with the response to a previous request, to request
    // the next batch of endpoints.
    NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Send an request with an empty body to the regional API endpoint to get your account API endpoint.

func (DescribeEndpointsInput) GoString Uses

func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults Uses

func (s *DescribeEndpointsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeEndpointsInput

SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.

func (*DescribeEndpointsInput) SetMode Uses

func (s *DescribeEndpointsInput) SetMode(v string) *DescribeEndpointsInput

SetMode sets the Mode field's value.

func (*DescribeEndpointsInput) SetNextToken Uses

func (s *DescribeEndpointsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeEndpointsInput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (DescribeEndpointsInput) String Uses

func (s DescribeEndpointsInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DescribeEndpointsOutput Uses

type DescribeEndpointsOutput struct {

    // List of endpoints
    Endpoints []*Endpoint `locationName:"endpoints" type:"list"`

    // Use this string to request the next batch of endpoints.
    NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful describe endpoints requests will return your account API endpoint.

func (DescribeEndpointsOutput) GoString Uses

func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DescribeEndpointsOutput) SetEndpoints Uses

func (s *DescribeEndpointsOutput) SetEndpoints(v []*Endpoint) *DescribeEndpointsOutput

SetEndpoints sets the Endpoints field's value.

func (*DescribeEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken Uses

func (s *DescribeEndpointsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeEndpointsOutput

SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.

func (DescribeEndpointsOutput) String Uses

func (s DescribeEndpointsOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DestinationSettings Uses

type DestinationSettings struct {

    // Settings associated with S3 destination
    S3Settings *S3DestinationSettings `locationName:"s3Settings" type:"structure"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of destination

func (DestinationSettings) GoString Uses

func (s DestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DestinationSettings) SetS3Settings Uses

func (s *DestinationSettings) SetS3Settings(v *S3DestinationSettings) *DestinationSettings

SetS3Settings sets the S3Settings field's value.

func (DestinationSettings) String Uses

func (s DestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DisassociateCertificateInput Uses

type DisassociateCertificateInput struct {

    // The ARN of the ACM certificate that you want to disassociate from your MediaConvert
    // resource.
    //
    // Arn is a required field
    Arn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"arn" type:"string" required:"true"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Removes an association between the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate and an AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource.

func (DisassociateCertificateInput) GoString Uses

func (s DisassociateCertificateInput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DisassociateCertificateInput) SetArn Uses

func (s *DisassociateCertificateInput) SetArn(v string) *DisassociateCertificateInput

SetArn sets the Arn field's value.

func (DisassociateCertificateInput) String Uses

func (s DisassociateCertificateInput) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DisassociateCertificateInput) Validate Uses

func (s *DisassociateCertificateInput) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DisassociateCertificateOutput Uses

type DisassociateCertificateOutput struct {
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Successful disassociation of Certificate Manager Amazon Resource Name (ARN) with Mediaconvert returns an OK message.

func (DisassociateCertificateOutput) GoString Uses

func (s DisassociateCertificateOutput) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (DisassociateCertificateOutput) String Uses

func (s DisassociateCertificateOutput) String() string

String returns the string representation

type DvbNitSettings Uses

type DvbNitSettings struct {

    // The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT).
    NetworkId *int64 `locationName:"networkId" type:"integer"`

    // The network name text placed in the network_name_descriptor inside the Network
    // Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
    NetworkName *string `locationName:"networkName" min:"1" type:"string"`

    // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
    // transport stream.
    NitInterval *int64 `locationName:"nitInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition interval.

func (DvbNitSettings) GoString Uses

func (s DvbNitSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkId Uses

func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkId(v int64) *DvbNitSettings

SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value.

func (*DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkName Uses

func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkName(v string) *DvbNitSettings

SetNetworkName sets the NetworkName field's value.

func (*DvbNitSettings) SetNitInterval Uses

func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNitInterval(v int64) *DvbNitSettings

SetNitInterval sets the NitInterval field's value.

func (DvbNitSettings) String Uses

func (s DvbNitSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbNitSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *DvbNitSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DvbSdtSettings Uses

type DvbSdtSettings struct {

    // Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input
    // SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input
    // SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream
    // if SDT information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on
    // the user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT
    // information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information.
    OutputSdt *string `locationName:"outputSdt" type:"string" enum:"OutputSdt"`

    // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
    // transport stream.
    SdtInterval *int64 `locationName:"sdtInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"`

    // The service name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service Description
    // Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
    ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" min:"1" type:"string"`

    // The service provider name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service
    // Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
    ServiceProviderName *string `locationName:"serviceProviderName" min:"1" type:"string"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Inserts DVB Service Description Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition interval.

func (DvbSdtSettings) GoString Uses

func (s DvbSdtSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DvbSdtSettings) SetOutputSdt Uses

func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetOutputSdt(v string) *DvbSdtSettings

SetOutputSdt sets the OutputSdt field's value.

func (*DvbSdtSettings) SetSdtInterval Uses

func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetSdtInterval(v int64) *DvbSdtSettings

SetSdtInterval sets the SdtInterval field's value.

func (*DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceName Uses

func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings

SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value.

func (*DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceProviderName Uses

func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceProviderName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings

SetServiceProviderName sets the ServiceProviderName field's value.

func (DvbSdtSettings) String Uses

func (s DvbSdtSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbSdtSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *DvbSdtSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DvbSubDestinationSettings Uses

type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct {

    // If no explicit x_position or y_position is provided, setting alignment to
    // centered will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly,
    // setting a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output.
    // If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter,
    // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates.
    // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or
    // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.
    // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleAlignment"`

    // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions.All burn-in and
    // DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor"`

    // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
    // Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent).
    // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"`

    // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for
    // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
    // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
    // settings must match.
    FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleFontColor"`

    // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.All
    // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"`

    // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi.All burn-in and
    // DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"`

    // Provide the font script, using an ISO 15924 script code, if the LanguageCode
    // is not sufficient for determining the script type. Where LanguageCode or
    // CustomLanguageCode is sufficient, use "AUTOMATIC" or leave unset. This is
    // used to help determine the appropriate font for rendering DVB-Sub captions.
    FontScript *string `locationName:"fontScript" type:"string" enum:"FontScript"`

    // A positive integer indicates the exact font size in points. Set to 0 for
    // automatic font size selection. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must
    // match.
    FontSize *int64 `locationName:"fontSize" type:"integer"`

    // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions
    // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already
    // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
    // must match.
    OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleOutlineColor"`

    // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source
    // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings
    // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font
    // settings must match.
    OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"`

    // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions.All burn-in and DVB-Sub
    // font settings must match.
    ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleShadowColor"`

    // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving
    // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All
    // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"`

    // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in
    // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
    // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"`

    // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels.
    // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All
    // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"`

    // Only applies to jobs with input captions in Teletext or STL formats. Specify
    // whether the spacing between letters in your captions is set by the captions
    // grid or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to
    // the spacing specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional
    // to make the text easier to read if the captions are closed caption.
    TeletextSpacing *string `locationName:"teletextSpacing" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing"`

    // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side
    // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting
    // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided,
    // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
    // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or
    // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream.
    // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"`

    // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the
    // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
    // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided,
    // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option
    // is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext.
    // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All
    // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
    YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DVB-Sub Destination Settings

func (DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString Uses

func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetAlignment Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontColor Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontScript Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontScript(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetFontScript sets the FontScript field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontSize Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetTeletextSpacing Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetTeletextSpacing(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetTeletextSpacing sets the TeletextSpacing field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetXPosition Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value.

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetYPosition Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings

SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value.

func (DvbSubDestinationSettings) String Uses

func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbSubDestinationSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DvbSubSourceSettings Uses

type DvbSubSourceSettings struct {

    // When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source
    // content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through,
    // regardless of selectors.
    Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DVB Sub Source Settings

func (DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString Uses

func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DvbSubSourceSettings) SetPid Uses

func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *DvbSubSourceSettings

SetPid sets the Pid field's value.

func (DvbSubSourceSettings) String Uses

func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbSubSourceSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type DvbTdtSettings Uses

type DvbTdtSettings struct {

    // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
    // transport stream.
    TdtInterval *int64 `locationName:"tdtInterval" min:"1000" type:"integer"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval.

func (DvbTdtSettings) GoString Uses

func (s DvbTdtSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*DvbTdtSettings) SetTdtInterval Uses

func (s *DvbTdtSettings) SetTdtInterval(v int64) *DvbTdtSettings

SetTdtInterval sets the TdtInterval field's value.

func (DvbTdtSettings) String Uses

func (s DvbTdtSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*DvbTdtSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *DvbTdtSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Eac3AtmosSettings Uses

type Eac3AtmosSettings struct {

    // Specify the average bitrate in bits per second.Valid values: 384k, 448k,
    // 640k, 768k
    Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"384000" type:"integer"`

    // Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits.
    // For more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex
    // E).
    BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode"`

    // The coding mode for Dolby Digital Plus JOC (Atmos) is always 9.1.6 (CODING_MODE_9_1_6).
    CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosCodingMode"`

    // Enable Dolby Dialogue Intelligence to adjust loudness based on dialogue analysis.
    DialogueIntelligence *string `locationName:"dialogueIntelligence" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence"`

    // Specify the absolute peak level for a signal with dynamic range compression.
    DynamicRangeCompressionLine *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionLine" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine"`

    // Specify how the service limits the audio dynamic range when compressing the
    // audio.
    DynamicRangeCompressionRf *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionRf" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf"`

    // Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only
    // center mix(Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How
    // the service uses thisvalue depends on the value that you choose for Stereo
    // downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix).Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0,
    // -4.5, and -6.0.
    LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`

    // Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only
    // (Lo/Ro surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service
    // uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix).
    // Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel.
    LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`

    // Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total
    // center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How
    // the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo
    // downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0,
    // -4.5, and -6.0.
    LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`

    // Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total
    // surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing.
    // How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for
    // Stereo downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5,
    // -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel.
    LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`

    // Choose how the service meters the loudness of your audio.
    MeteringMode *string `locationName:"meteringMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosMeteringMode"`

    // This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
    SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"48000" type:"integer"`

    // Specify the percentage of audio content that must be speech before the encoder
    // uses the measured speech loudness as the overall program loudness.
    SpeechThreshold *int64 `locationName:"speechThreshold" min:"1" type:"integer"`

    // Choose how the service does stereo downmixing.
    StereoDownmix *string `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix"`

    // Specify whether your input audio has an additional center rear surround channel
    // matrix encoded into your left and right surround channels.
    SurroundExMode *string `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value EAC3_ATMOS.

func (Eac3AtmosSettings) GoString Uses

func (s Eac3AtmosSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetBitrate Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetBitstreamMode Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value.

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetCodingMode Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetDialogueIntelligence Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetDialogueIntelligence(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetDialogueIntelligence sets the DialogueIntelligence field's value.

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine sets the DynamicRangeCompressionLine field's value.

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf sets the DynamicRangeCompressionRf field's value.

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetLoRoCenterMixLevel sets the LoRoCenterMixLevel field's value.

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel sets the LoRoSurroundMixLevel field's value.

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetLtRtCenterMixLevel sets the LtRtCenterMixLevel field's value.

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel sets the LtRtSurroundMixLevel field's value.

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetMeteringMode Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetMeteringMode(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetMeteringMode sets the MeteringMode field's value.

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetSampleRate Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetSpeechThreshold Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetSpeechThreshold(v int64) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetSpeechThreshold sets the SpeechThreshold field's value.

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetStereoDownmix Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetStereoDownmix(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetStereoDownmix sets the StereoDownmix field's value.

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) SetSurroundExMode Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) SetSurroundExMode(v string) *Eac3AtmosSettings

SetSurroundExMode sets the SurroundExMode field's value.

func (Eac3AtmosSettings) String Uses

func (s Eac3AtmosSettings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Eac3AtmosSettings) Validate Uses

func (s *Eac3AtmosSettings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type Eac3Settings Uses

type Eac3Settings struct {

    // If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels.
    // Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
    AttenuationControl *string `locationName:"attenuationControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AttenuationControl"`

    // Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid bitrates depend on
    // the coding mode.
    Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"64000" type:"integer"`

    // Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits.
    // For more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex
    // E).
    BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3BitstreamMode"`

    // Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels.
    CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3CodingMode"`

    // Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels.
    DcFilter *string `locationName:"dcFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DcFilter"`

    // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital
    // Plus, dialnorm will be passed through.
    Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"`

    // Specify the absolute peak level for a signal with dynamic range compression.
    DynamicRangeCompressionLine *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionLine" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine"`

    // Specify how the service limits the audio dynamic range when compressing the
    // audio.
    DynamicRangeCompressionRf *string `locationName:"dynamicRangeCompressionRf" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf"`

    // When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled
    LfeControl *string `locationName:"lfeControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeControl"`

    // Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only
    // valid with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
    LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeFilter"`

    // Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right
    // only center mix (Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing.
    // How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for
    // Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0,
    // -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies
    // only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2)
    // for the setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value
    // for Coding mode, the service ignores Left only/Right only center (loRoCenterMixLevel).
    LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`

    // Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right
    // only (Lo/Ro surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the
    // service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix
    // (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value
    // -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default
    // value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting Coding mode
    // (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service
    // ignores Left only/Right only surround (loRoSurroundMixLevel).
    LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`

    // Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right
    // total center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing.
    // How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for
    // Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0,
    // -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies
    // only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2)
    // for the setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value
    // for Coding mode, the service ignores Left total/Right total center (ltRtCenterMixLevel).
    LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"`

    // Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right
    // total surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing.
    // How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for
    // Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0,
    // and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you
    // keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the
    // setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for
    // Coding mode, the service ignores Left total/Right total surround (ltRtSurroundMixLevel).
    LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"`

    // When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+,
    // or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied
    // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
    MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3MetadataControl"`

    // When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is
    // present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode.
    // Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent
    // DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding.
    PassthroughControl *string `locationName:"passthroughControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PassthroughControl"`

    // Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only
    // used for 3/2 coding mode.
    PhaseControl *string `locationName:"phaseControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PhaseControl"`

    // This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
    SampleRate *int64 `locationName:"sampleRate" min:"48000" type:"integer"`

    // Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. This setting only applies
    // if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2)
    // for the setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value
    // for Coding mode, the service ignores Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix).
    StereoDownmix *string `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"Eac3StereoDownmix"`

    // When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel
    // is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels.
    SurroundExMode *string `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundExMode"`

    // When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into
    // the two channels.
    SurroundMode *string `locationName:"surroundMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundMode"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value EAC3.

func (Eac3Settings) GoString Uses

func (s Eac3Settings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*Eac3Settings) SetAttenuationControl Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetAttenuationControl(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetAttenuationControl sets the AttenuationControl field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetBitrate Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *Eac3Settings

SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetCodingMode Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetDcFilter Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDcFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetDcFilter sets the DcFilter field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetDialnorm Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Eac3Settings

SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetDynamicRangeCompressionLine sets the DynamicRangeCompressionLine field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetDynamicRangeCompressionRf sets the DynamicRangeCompressionRf field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetLfeControl Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeControl(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetLfeControl sets the LfeControl field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetLfeFilter Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings

SetLoRoCenterMixLevel sets the LoRoCenterMixLevel field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings

SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel sets the LoRoSurroundMixLevel field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings

SetLtRtCenterMixLevel sets the LtRtCenterMixLevel field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings

SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel sets the LtRtSurroundMixLevel field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetMetadataControl Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetPassthroughControl Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPassthroughControl(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetPassthroughControl sets the PassthroughControl field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetPhaseControl Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPhaseControl(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetPhaseControl sets the PhaseControl field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetSampleRate Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSampleRate(v int64) *Eac3Settings

SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetStereoDownmix Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetStereoDownmix(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetStereoDownmix sets the StereoDownmix field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetSurroundExMode Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundExMode(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetSurroundExMode sets the SurroundExMode field's value.

func (*Eac3Settings) SetSurroundMode Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundMode(v string) *Eac3Settings

SetSurroundMode sets the SurroundMode field's value.

func (Eac3Settings) String Uses

func (s Eac3Settings) String() string

String returns the string representation

func (*Eac3Settings) Validate Uses

func (s *Eac3Settings) Validate() error

Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.

type EmbeddedDestinationSettings Uses

type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct {

    // Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and your output
    // captions are embedded in the video stream. Specify a CC number for each captions
    // channel in this output. If you have two channels, choose CC numbers that
    // aren't in the same field. For example, choose 1 and 3. For more information,
    // see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded.
    Destination608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"destination608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`

    // Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and you want
    // both 608 and 708 captions embedded in your output stream. Optionally, specify
    // the 708 service number for each output captions channel. Choose a different
    // number for each channel. To use this setting, also set Force 608 to 708 upconvert
    // (Convert608To708) to Upconvert (UPCONVERT) in your input captions selector
    // settings. If you choose to upconvert but don't specify a 708 service number,
    // MediaConvert uses the number that you specify for CC channel number (destination608ChannelNumber)
    // for the 708 service number. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded.
    Destination708ServiceNumber *int64 `locationName:"destination708ServiceNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"`
    // contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings specific to embedded/ancillary caption outputs, including 608/708 Channel destination number.

func (EmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString Uses

func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString() string

GoString returns the string representation

func (*EmbeddedDestinationSettings) SetDestination608ChannelNumber Uses

func (s *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) SetDestination608ChannelNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedDestinationSettings

SetDestination608ChannelNumber sets the Destination608ChannelNumber field's value.

func (*EmbeddedDestinationSettings) SetDestination708ServiceNumber Uses

func (s *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) SetDestination708ServiceNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedDestinationSettings

SetDestination708ServiceNumber sets the Destination708ServiceNumber field's value.

func (EmbeddedDestinationSettings) String